JVC AV 21LS2 AV 21WS3 AV 25LS3 AV 29LS2 AV 29WS3 AV 20NX3 AV 21DX3 AV 21FX3 AV 21LX2 AV 21WX3 AV 25KX3 AV 25LX3 AV 29LX2 AV 29WX3 User Manual _ Free Download Borrow and Streaming

Contents

Safety precautions

Preparation

1 Confirm which remote control you have

2 Insert the batteries into the remote control

3 Connecting the aerial and VCR

COLOUR TELEVISION

...

INSTRUCTIONS

..................

..........................

Thank you for buying this JVC

colour television.

4 Connecting other devices

...

5 Connect the power cord to the AC outlet

To make sure you understand how to

use your new TV, please read this

manual thoroughly before you begin.

...............................................

6 Initial setting

Basic operation

Remote control buttons and functions 8

.....................................

ECO SENSOR button

.................................

PICTURE MODE button

COLOUR SYSTEM button

SOUND SYSTEM button

S series:

.............................

...............................

AV-21LS2

AV-21WS3

AV-25LS3

AV-29LS2

AV-29WS3

X series:

.............................................

button

MUTING button

DISPLAY button

........................

CINEMA SURROUND button

.......................................

OFF TIMER button

..............................

CHANNEL SCAN button

........................................

RETURN + button

AV-20NX3

AV-21DX3

AV-21FX3

AV-21LX2

AV-21WX3

AV-25KX3

AV-25LX3

AV-29LX2

AV-29WX3

Viewing teletext programmes 11, 12

Using the TV’s menus

............................................

...........................................................

...............................................

...............................................................

Basic operation

INPUT

PICTURE TILT

VNR

........................................

COMPRESS (16:9)

..........................................

AUTO SHUTOFF

.................................................

..................................................

................................................

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET

....................................

.....................................

..................................................

Picture Adjustments

Sound Adjustments

AI VOLUME

.......................................

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

..................................

..............................................................

SKIP

LANGUAGE

TEXT LANGUAGE

..................................................

........................................

TV buttons and parts

Using the buttons on the TV

Troubleshooting

Specifications

Back cover

LCT1170-001A-H

0602-Ki-NIC-JMT

Safety precautions

WARNING

• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

CAUTION

•Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

•Avoid damaging the power cord and mains plug. When you unplug the TV, pull it out by

the mains plug. Do not pull on the power cord.

•Never block or cover the cabinet openings for

ventilation. Never install the TV where good

15 cm

ventilation is unattainable. When installing

this TV, leave spaces for ventilation around

the TV more than the minimum distances

shown in the diagram.

•Do not allow objects or liquid into the

cabinet openings.

10 cm

15 cm

•In the event of a fault, unplug the TV and call a service technician. Do not attempt to

repair it by yourself or remove the rear cover.

•The surface of the TV screen is easily damaged. Be very careful with it when handling

the TV. Should the TV screen become soiled, wipe it with a soft dry cloth. Never rub it

forcefully. Never use any cleaner or detergent on it.

•When you don’t use this TV for a long period of time, be sure to unplug it.

WARNING

<AV-21WS3 and AV-21WX3 only>

A removable plastic cover is fixed to the television’s front Audio/Video connector. To

prevent this cover from being accidentally swallowed by babies or children, remove it

from the television and store it in a safe place. If the cover is swallowed seek the advice

of a doctor immediately.

Preparation

1 Confirm which remote control you have

Your TV comes with one of the four remote controls shown below. Functions you can

operate differ depending on the type of remote control.

<AV-21WS3/AV-25LS3

/AV-29WS3>

<AV-20NX3/AV-21DX3

/AV-21FX3/AV-21WX3

/AV-25KX3/AV-25LX3

AV-29WX3>

<AV-21LS2/AV-29LS2>

<AV-21LX2/AV-29LX2>

POWER

MUTING

SYSTEM

MUTING

SYSTEM

CINEMA

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

COLOUR SOUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

Ι/ΙΙ

TV/TEXT

/ΙΙ

TV/TEXT

TV/VIDEO

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

PICTURE

MODE

PICTURE

MODE

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

CHANNEL

SCAN

CHANNEL

SCAN

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

CHANNEL

VOLUME

CHANNEL

VOLUME

CHANNEL

VOLUME

TEXT

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

RM-C1014

RM-C1024

RM-C1010

RM-C1020

2 Insert the batteries into the remote control

Correctly insert two batteries, observing the , and . polarities and inserting the .

end first.

CAUTION:

Follow the cautions printed on the batteries.

Notes:

• Use AA/R6/UM-3 dry cell batteries.

• If the remote control does not work properly, fit new

batteries.

The supplied batteries are for testing, not regular

use.

Preparation

3 Connecting the aerial and VCR

• Read the manuals provided with the devices. Depending on the device, the connection method

may be different from the diagrams. Also the device settings may need to change depending on

the connection method.

• Turn off all the devices including the TV.

• Connecting cables are not supplied.

• When connecting monaural audio to the TV, use the L/MONO jack.

• If your TV has an S-connector, you can connect an S-VIDEO compatible device (such as an S-

VHS VCR) to the S-connector with an S-VIDEO cable and enjoy the high quality picture of the S-

VIDEO signal (Y/C signal). In that case, do not connect it to the TV with a video cable.

• If you connect the VCR to the TV only with an aerial cable, you should preset the video channel

from the VCR to the AV channel (channel number 0) on this TV. See “MANUAL CH PRESET” on

page 18 and preset it manually.

Connecting the aerial

VHF/UHF outdoor aerial

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

^/V

^/MONO

Connecting the aerial and VCR

VHF/UHF outdoor aerial

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

To video

output

To audio

output

To RF

output

To S-video

output

VCR

To aerial input

Preparation

4 Connecting other devices

If you are not connecting any other devices, skip step 4 and perform step 5.

• Use the headphones with a stereo mini jack (3.5 mm in diameter). When you connect the

headphones, the TV speakers go off.

• The OUTPUT terminal outputs the video and sound signals which you are viewing on the TV.

You can dub them onto the VCR connected to the OUTPUT terminal.

(The OUTPUT terminal cannot output teletext programmes, S-VIDEO signals or component

video signals. Also it cannot output any signals when the TV is turned off.)

• Connect components outputting a component signal (Y/C^B/CR signal), such as a DVD player, to

the VIDEO-2 terminal, and set VIDEO-2 SET function to “COMPONENT”. (See page 16.)

• The following illustrations are for the AV-29LS. Your TV’s front and rear pannels may not look

exactly like the illustrations.

Front

Camcorder or TV game

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

Headphones

Rear

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

VCR (for playing)

DVD player

(composite signals)

^/V

^/MONO

VCR (for recording)

DVD player

(component video signals)

5 Connect the power cord to the AC outlet

Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

Preparation

6 Initial setting

When the TV is first turned on, it enters the initial setting mode, and the JVC logo is

displayed. Follow the instructions on the on-screen display to perform the initial

settings.

1 Press the Main power button

on the TV.

The POWER lamp lights. After the

JVC logo has been displayed, the TV

POWER lamp Main power button

automatically switches to the

language setting mode.

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

button

MENU t

buttons

Ι/ΙΙ

TV/TEXT

buttons

TV/VIDEO

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

OFF

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

TIMER

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

• The JVC logo does not appear if your TV has been turned on once before. In this case, use the

LANGUAGE and AUTO CH PRESET functions to perform the initial settings. For details, see

pages 17 and 19.

2 Press the MENU

buttons to select language.

3 Press the MENU T buttons to select “AUTO CH PRESET”.

4 Press the MENU

buttons to start the AUTO CH PRESET function.

“>>>ON SEARCH” is displayed on the screen.

When all the TV channels that can be received on your TV have been preset, the

display goes out and the AUTO CH PRESET function operation is completed.

To stop the AUTO CH PRESET function, press the MENU

buttons.

• If a TV channel you want to view is not set to the channel, set it with the MANUAL CH PRESET

function. For details, see page 18.

This completes initial setting.

Now you’re ready to enjoy your JVC TV.

Basic operation

• The illustration below is for the remote control

RM-C1010. Depending on the applicable mod-

els, the remote controls may not look exactly

the same.

1 Press the POWER button to turn

your TV on.

• If your TV does not turn on, press the Main

power button on the TV then press the

POWER button again.

• You can also turn on your TV by pressing

any of the following buttons;

POWER

MUTING

- the CHANNEL m button

- the Number buttons

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

- the TV/VIDEO button

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

2 Select a channel.

■ Press the CHANNEL m button.

• Up/down selection cannot be selected for

channels to which the SKIP has been set

to “YES”. See page 19.

/ΙΙ

TV/TEXT

TV/VIDEO

■ Press the Number buttons to enter

the channel number.

• If you want to enter a two-digit number,

press the -/-- button to select the two digit

mode “--”, then enter the channel num-

ber.

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

3 Press the VOLUME M button to

adjust the sound.

TEXT

4 To turn your TV off, press the

POWER button.

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

• We recommend that you press the Main

power button on the TV to turn the main

power off if you do not plan to use your TV

for a long time or if you wish to save energy.

RM-C1010

If the picture is not clear:

Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to

select another colour system, see page 8.

If the sound is not clear:

Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select

another sound system, see page 8.

Viewing Images from an External

Device:

Press the TV/VIDEO button to select the

VIDEO mode.

• You can also use the INPUT function to select

the VIDEO mode. For details, refer to page 14.

Remote control buttons and functions

ECO SENSOR button

COLOUR SYSTEM button

You can adjust this TV so that the screen

automatically adjusts to the optimum

contrast according to the brightness of your

room. This function reduces eye strain and

the power consumption of this TV.

If the picture is not clear or no colour

appears, change the current colour system

to another colour system.

Press this button to select the colour

system.

Press this button to select the desired

mode.

SECAM

NTSC3.58

AUTO

PAL

NTSC4.43

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR DISPLAY:

The ECO SENSOR function switches on. In

this mode, the clover mark indicating the

brightness of your room is displayed for

several seconds each time the brightness

changes. The number of clover marks

displayed on screen increases as your room

becomes darker.

AUTO:

Automatic colour system selection.

• For the colour systems in each country or

region, see the table “Broadcasting systems” on

the back cover.

• If the picture is not normal in the AUTO mode,

change the AUTO mode to another colour

system.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR ON:

The ECO SENSOR function switches on.

However, in this mode, the clover mark will

not be displayed.

SOUND SYSTEM button

If the sound is not clear even when the

picture appears normal, change the

current sound system to another sound

system.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR OFF:

The ECO SENSOR function switches off.

Press this button to select the sound

system.

PICTURE MODE button

You can select one of three picture

adjustment settings as you like.

B/G

D/K

Press this button to select a mode.

• For the sound systems in each country or

region, see the table “Broadcasting systems”

on the back cover.

BRIGHT:

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

• You cannot select any sound system when in a

VIDEO mode.

STANDARD:

Standardizes picture adjustments.

SOFT:

Softens contrast and sharpness.

• Pressing this button returns all the picture

settings in “MENU 4” to their default settings.

Remote control buttons and functions

button

CINEMA SURROUND button

< S series only >

<AV-21LS2/AV-21LX2/AV-29LS2/

AV-29LX2 does not included >

You can select a sound setting for stereo

broadcast programmes and bilingual

programmes.

You can enjoy an enhanced sound for a

wider audience by using CINEMA

SURROUND function.

Press this button to select a sound

setting.

Press this button to select one of the

CINEMA SURROUND mode.

: Stereo sound

: Bilingual I (sub I) sound

: Bilingual II (sub II) sound

: Monaural sound

HIGH/LOW:

When you listen to the stereo sound,

please select HIGH mode or LOW mode.

You can enjoy the sound for a wider

audience similar to the experience at the

theatre.

MONO : Cancels the multi-sound function,

and the sound becomes monaural.

• If you have poor reception of a stereo broad-

cast, you can change from stereo sound (

to monaural sound ( ) so that you can hear

the broadcast more clearly and easily.

• In case that you setting up the CINEMA SUR-

ROUND function to HIGH mode, there may be

slight volume distortion. In case that occurs,

please switch the HIGH mode to LOW mode,

the effect of CINEMA SURROUND functions will

be less noticeable, however, the volume distor-

tion will be corrected.

)

• If the multi-sound function cannot work nor-

mally due to poor signal quality, noise may be

included in the sound, or the sound may change

many times. If this happens, change the sound

setting to MONO mode to cancel the multi-sound

function.

MONO SURROUND:

Select the MONO SURROUND mode,

when you listen to the mono sound.

You can enjoy the sound for a wider

audience similar to stereo sound.

MUTING button

You can turn the sound off instantly.

OFF:

Press this button.

The CINEMA SURROUND function

switches off.

To turn the sound on, press this button

again.

DISPLAY button

You can continuously display the current

channel number or VIDEO mode on the

screen.

Press this button.

To turn the display off, press this button

again.

• When selecting a VIDEO mode with no signal,

indication of the VIDEO mode becomes fixed

on the screen.

Remote control buttons and functions

OFF TIMER button

RETURN + button

You can set the TV to automatically turn off

after a set time.

You can set a channel you frequently view

to the Return Channel and you can view

that channel at any time with one-touch.

Press this button to select the period of

time.

To set the channel to the Return Channel:

• You can set the period of time to a maximum of

120 minutes in 10 minute increments.

1 Select the channel you want to set

to the Return Channel.

• 1 minute before the OFF TIMER function turns

off the TV, “GOOD NIGHT!” appears.

2 Press this button and hold until the

message “RETURN PLUS PRO-

GRAMMED!” appears.

To display the remaining time, press this

button once.

To cancel the OFF TIMER function, press

this button to set the period of time to 0.

• When you turn off the TV, the Return

Channel setting is cancelled.

• The OFF TIMER function will not turn off the

TV’s main power.

To view the Return Channel:

Press this button.

• You can view two channels (current channel

and Return Channel) alternately by pressing

this button.

CHANNEL SCAN button

You can quickly view all TV channels

programmes that you can view on your TV,

and search for the programme you want to

view.

To cancel the Return Channel setting:

Press this button and hold until the

message “RETURN PLUS CANCELLED!”

appears.

1 Press this button to start scanning

TV channels.

If no channel is set to the Return

Channel:

You can view the channel selected right

before the current channel by pressing

this button.

The TV channel programmes are each

displayed for several seconds.

• The programmes of TV channels for which

the SKIP function is set to “YES” are not

displayed.

2 When you find the programme you

want to view, press this button

again to stop scanning.

Viewing teletext programmes

< S series only >

Using the List Mode

You can store the numbers of your favourite

teletext pages in the List mode and call them

up quickly using the coloured buttons.

ΙΙ

TV/TEXT

TV/VIDEO

OFF

To store the page numbers:

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

1 Press the MODE button to engage

the List mode.

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

VOLUME

The stored page numbers are displayed

at the bottom of the screen.

CHANNEL

Coloured

buttons

TEXT

2 Press a coloured button to select a

position. Then press the Number

buttons to enter the page number.

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

REVEAL

HOLD

SIZE

INDEX

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

SUBPAGE

STORE

CANCEL

MODE

3 Press and hold down the STORE

button.

RM-C1010

The four page numbers blink white to

indicate that they are stored in memory.

■ Basic operation

To call up a stored page:

1 Press the MODE button to engage

the List mode.

1 Select a TV channel with a teletext

programme.

2 Press a coloured button to which a

page has been assigned.

2 Press the TV/TEXT button to change

the TV mode to the teletext mode.

To exit the List mode, press the MODE

button again.

The mode cycles as follows.

TV mode

TEXT mode (TEXT only)

MIX mode (TV and TEXT)

3 Select a teletext page by pressing

the CHANNEL M button,

Number buttons or coloured but-

tons.

To return to the TV mode, press the TV/

VIDEO button or the TV/TEXT button.

• If you have trouble receiving teletext broadcasts,

consult your local dealer or the teletext station.

• If characters on a teletext programmes do not

appear properly, change the TEXT LANGUAGE

setting. For details, see “TEXT LANGUAGE” on

page 19.

Viewing teletext programmes

REVEAL

INDEX

Some teletext pages include hidden text

(such as answers to a quiz).

You can display the hidden text.

You can return to the index page instantly.

Press the INDEX button.

In the List mode:

Returns to the page number displayed in the

lower left area of the screen.

Each time you press the REVEAL button,

text is hidden or revealed.

HOLD

SUBPAGE

You can hold a teletext page on the screen

for as long as you want, even while several

other teletext pages are being received.

Some teletext pages include sub-pages that

are automatically displayed.

You can hold any sub-page, or view it at

any time.

Press the HOLD button.

To cancel the HOLD function, press the

HOLD button again.

1 Press the SUBPAGE button to

operate the Sub-page function.

CANCEL

You can watch a TV programme even when

in the teletext mode.

2 Press the Number buttons to enter a

sub-page number.

Example:

3rd sub-page

• You can also select a sub-page by pressing

the red or green button.

1 Press the Number button to enter a

page number, or press a coloured

button.

press 0, 0, 0 and 3.

➞

The TV starts searching for a teletext

page.

To cancel the Sub-page function, press the

SUBPAGE button again.

2 Press the CANCEL button.

The TV programme appears.

SIZE

When the TV finds the teletext page, its

page number appears in the upper left of

the screen.

You can double the height of the teletext

display.

Press the SIZE button.

3 Press the CANCEL button to view

the teletext page.

The teletext display changes cyclically.

• Pressing the CANCEL button cannot change

the teletext mode to the TV mode.

Using the TV’s menus

This TV has a number of functions you can operate using the menus. To use all your TV’s

functions fully, you need to understand how to use the menus.

4 Press the MENU

buttons to

SYSTEM

CINEMA

change function settings.

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

button

Example:

Changes the AUTO

SHUTOFF setting.

MENU t

buttons

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

/ΙΙ

TV/TEXT

buttons

OFF

TV/VIDEO

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

⇔

OFF

TIMER

SELECT BY

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

OPERATE BY -+

• With some functions, the operation method

may differ.

■ Basic operation

5 Press the DISPLAY button to turn

the display off.

1 Press the MENU T buttons.

One of the 5 menus is displayed.

•To operate a menu using the buttons on

the front panel of the TV, refer to

“Operating menus” on page 22.

MENU number

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

The icon

on the

left indicates the

currently selected

function.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Repeatedly press the MENU T

buttons to display a desired

menu.

• If you hold down the y button, the next

menu is displayed.

• If the selected function is on the first line,

pressing the r button displays the preced-

ing menu.

3 Repeatedly press the MENU T

buttons to select a desired

function.

Using the TV’s menus

INPUT

VNR

You can view images from VCRs or other

devices connected to your TV.

You can reduce picture noise.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“VNR”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“INPUT”.

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Press MENU

VIDEO mode.

to select the

To cancel the VNR function, select “OFF”.

TV mode changes to VIDEO mode.

COMPRESS (16:9)

This function converts a normal picture (4:3

aspect ratio) into a wide picture (16:9 aspect

ratio).

PICTURE TILT

< AV-29 models only >

Use for pictures with a 16:9 aspect ratio that

have been squeezed into a normal picture

(4:3 aspect ratio), to restore their original

dimensions.

There are cases where the Earth’s magnetic

force may make the picture tilt. If this

happens, you can correct the picture tilt.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“PICTURE TILT”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“COMPRESS (16:9)”.

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Continue pressing MENU

the picture becomes level.

until

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the COMPRESS (16:9) function,

select “OFF”.

Using the TV’s menus

AUTO SHUTOFF

BLUE BACK

You can set your TV to turn off if no signals

are received for about 15 minutes or longer

after the end of a broadcast.

You can mute the sound and change the

picture into a blue screen while no signals

are received by the TV, or when the signals

are unstable.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “AUTO

SHUTOFF”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “BLUE

BACK”.

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the AUTO SHUTOFF function,

select “OFF”.

To cancel the BLUE BACK function, select

“OFF”.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF function does not turn

off the TV’s main power.

• To view a broadcast even when the recep-

tion signal is poor, set the BLUE BACK func-

tion to “OFF”.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF will not work for a

VIDEO mode.

• Even when the BLUE BACK function is set

to “OFF”, the sound may not be audible.

CHILD LOCK

You can disable the front control buttons of

the TV.

When this function is set to “ON”, the TV

can be operated using only the remote

control.

Use this function to prevent children from

operating the TV without parental consent.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “CHILD

LOCK”.

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the CHILD LOCK function,

select “OFF”.

• The CHILD LOCK function is canceled when

you turn the power off.

Using the TV’s menus

VIDEO-2 SET

Picture Adjustments

Set the VIDEO-2 SET correctly according to

the video signal input from the external

device connected to the VIDEO-2 terminal.

If this setting is incorrect, images will not

be displayed.

You can adjust the picture as you like.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 4” menu.

TINT

COLOUR

BRIGHT

CONT

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select

“VIDEO-2 SET”.

SHARP

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

2 Press MENU T to select an item

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

and press MENU

to adjust it.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

TINT*

- : Reddish

- : Lighter

- : Darker

- : Lower

- : Softer

+ : Greenish

+ : Deeper

+ : Brighter

+ : Higher

+ : Sharper

COLOUR

BRIGHT

CONT

2 Set the VIDEO-2 SET according to

the video signal input from the

VIDEO-2 terminal.

SHARP

*TINT (tint) is displayed only when viewing

images from NTSC3.58 or NTSC4.43 colour

systems.

If a normal video signal (composite

video signal) is input:

Press the MENU

“VIDEO”.

buttons to select

Sound Adjustments

You can adjust the sound as you like.

If a component video signal (Y/C^B/CR

signals) is input:

Press the MENU

“COMPONENT”.

buttons to select

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 5” menu.

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU T to select an item

and press MENU

to adjust it.

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

- : Weaker

- : Left

+ : Stronger

+ : Right

Using the TV’s menus

AI VOLUME

AUTO CH PRESET

You can prevent the sudden increase or

decrease of volume that occurs when

changing channels or switching VIDEO

modes.

You can automatically preset all TV channels

that can be received by your TV to channels.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select “AUTO

CH PRESET”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 5” menu, then select

“AI VOLUME”.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

ENGLISH

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to start the AUTO

CH PRESET function.

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

“>>>ON SEARCH” is displayed on the

To cancel the AI VOLUME function, select

screen.

“OFF”.

When all the TV channels that can be

received on your TV have been preset,

the display goes out and the AUTO CH

PRESET function operation is completed.

• The AI VOLUME function may not operate as

expected if the sound input level from a broad-

cast station (or video software) is extremely low.

• The AI VOLUME function for TV mode and

VIDEO mode can be set separately. For example,

you can set it to be off in TV mode and on in

VIDEO mode. If you set the AI VOLUME func-

tion while viewing a TV channel, the setting is

registered as the setting for TV mode. If you set

the AI VOLUME function while viewing images

from a VIDEO terminal, the setting is registered

as the setting for VIDEO mode.

To stop the AUTO CH PRESET:

Press the MENU

button.

• The AUTO CH PRESET function does not preset

a TV channel to the AV channel (channel num-

ber 0).

• If the TV cannot preset the TV channel you want

to view, preset it manually. For details, see

“MANUAL CH PRESET” on page 18.

Using the TV’s menus

If the picture is not clear:

MANUAL CH PRESET

You can manually preset desired TV

channels to desired channels.

Fine-tune the TV channel.

Press MENU t to select “FINE”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“MANUAL CH PRESET”.

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

FINE

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

Hold VOLUME m down to fine-tune

the TV channel so that the best image

is displayed on screen.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

“>” or “<” indicates that the TV is fine-

tuning the TV channel.

2 Press MENU

The sub-menu is displayed.

If the sound is not clear:

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

Press MENU t to select “SOUND

SYSTEM”.

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

SEARCH BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

• The channel number is displayed as a PR

number. For example, channel 1 will be

displayed as PR 1. However, the AV channel

will be displayed as AV.

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

CHANGE BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

3 Press MENU

channel number.

to select the

Press VOLUME m to select the

appropriate sound system.

•For the sound systems in each country

or region, refer to the table “Broadcasting

systems” on the back cover.

4 Press VOLUME M to start

searching for the TV channel.

“>>>” or “<<<” is displayed on the

screen.

When the TV finds a TV channel, the

“>>>” or “<<<” display goes out, and

the TV channel is preset to the currently

selected channel number.

• If the TV channel you want to preset is not

displayed, repeat step 4 until the TV finds

the TV channel you want to preset.

5 Press MENU T to select

“MANUAL”.

6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 if you want to

preset another TV channel to a

channel.

• To stop the MANUAL CH PRESET function,

press any button other than the VOLUME

m button.

Using the TV’s menus

2 Press MENU

language.

to select

SKIP

You can set undesired channels to be

skipped. Channels set to be skipped cannot

be selected by the CHANNEL m buttons

nor the CHANNEL SCAN button.

The on-screen display indications are in

the selected language.

• Channels to which TV channels have not been

preset are automatically set to be skipped.

TEXT LANGUAGE

< S series only >

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“MANUAL CH PRESET”.

You can select one of 5 teletext language

groups. Set the teletext language group that

corresponds to the language of the teletext

programme that you want to watch.

2 Press MENU

The sub-menu is displayed.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select “TEXT

LANGUAGE”.

3 Press MENU T to select “SKIP”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

YES/NO BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

4 Press MENU

to select the

2 Press MENU

Group

to select a group.

channel you want to skip.

5 Press VOLUME M to select “YES”.

languages

The channel is set to be skipped.

To cancel the SKIP function, select “NO”.

Group 1 English, German, Swedish / Finnish /

Danish / Hungarian, Italian, French,

Spanish / Portuguese, Turkish

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 if you want to

set another channel to skip.

Group 2 Polish, German, Estonian, Slovenian,

Czech / Slovakian, Rumanian

Group 3 Polish, German, Estonian, Lettish,

LANGUAGE

You can select the language for the on-screen

display.

Russian, Ukrainian

Group 4 English, French, Turkish, Arabic

Group 5 English, French, Turkish, Farsi

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“LANGUAGE”.

• This TV is WST Level 1.0 compatible.

Depending on the broadcast, the language set

may not display properly.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

TV buttons and parts

Front

<AV-29WS3/AV-29WX3>

3 4

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-29LS2/AV-29LX2>

3 4

8 7

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-25KX3>

L/MONO

CHANNEL

VOLUME

POWER STANDBY

(VIDEO-3)

EXIT

<AV-21WS3/AV-21WX3>

POWER

CANNEL

VOLUME

EXIT

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-21LS2/AV21LX2/AV-25LS3/AV-25LX3>

TV buttons and parts

<AV-21DX3>

9 0

POWER STANDBY

<AV-20NX3/AV-21FX3>

CHANNEL

VOLUME

EXIT

POWER STANDBY

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

1 Headphone jack

2 VIDEO-3 terminal

3 MENU button

4 CHANNEL m buttons

5 VOLUME m buttons

6 TV/VIDEO button

7 ECO sensor

8 Remote control sensor

9 POWER lamp

0 STANDBY lamp

- Main power button

For AV-25KX3/AV-21DX3/AV-21FX3/AV-20NX3:

When the Main power is on, the STANDBY

lamp light is green.

When press the POWER button on the

remote control to turn the power on, the

POWER lamp lights red.

Rear

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

4 OUTPUT terminal

5 Aerial socket

1 VIDEO-1 INPUT terminal

2 S/VIDEO-1 INPUT terminal

3 COMPONENT (VIDEO-2)

INPUT terminal

Using the buttons on the TV

Basic operation

Operating menus

• Check to make sure the CHILD LOCK function

is set to “OFF”. When the CHILD LOCK function

is set to “ON”, the TV cannot be operated using

the front control buttons. For details, see “CHILD

LOCK” on page 15.

You can operate functions in menus using

the front control buttons on the TV.

1 Press MENU y to display a menu.

2 Press MENU y repeatedly to display

1 Press CHANNEL M to turn the TV

the menu you want to use.

on from standby mode.

3 Press MENU y to select the desired

2 Press CHANNEL M to select a

function or item.

channel.

4 Press MENU M or VOLUME M to

3 Press VOLUME M to adjust the

carry out the desired operation.

volume.

For details, see the description for each

function.

4 To turn your TV off, press the Main

power button to turn off the TV’s

main power.

5 Press VOLUME M to turn the menu

display off.

To change the TV mode to the VIDEO

mode:

To turn the sub-menu display off:

• Press the TV/VIDEO button if the TV has one.

See page 7.

• If the TV has no TV/VIDEO button, select the

VIDEO mode with the INPUT function in

“MENU 1”.

Press MENU y to select “EXIT”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

EXIT

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

Press VOLUME m to turn the display

off.

Troubleshooting

If there is no picture or the TV does not operate normally, make sure the problem isn’t due to

the reasons indicated below.

If the problem persists even after taking the measures indicated, please contact a service

technician.

Cannot turn the TV on

Poor picture

• Press the Main power button on the TV.

• Connect the power cord to the AC outlet.

• Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to select

another colour system. (see page 8.)

• Adjust the picture settings. (see page 16.)

• Is a component signal output device, such as a

DVD player, connected correctly? (see page 5.)

The screen turns blue

• Is the BLUE BACK function on? (see page 15.)

• Is the VIDEO-2 SET function setting correct? (see

page 16.)

• If noise (snow) totally blocks out the picture,

check the following.

Remote control inoperable

• Replace the batteries. (see page 3.)

- Have the TV and aerial been connected properly?

- Has the aerial cable been damaged?

- Is the aerial pointing in the right direction?

- Is the aerial itself faulty?

Buttons on front of the TV do not work

• Switch the CHILD LOCK function off. (see page

15.)

• If the TV or aerial suffer interference from other

equipment, stripes or noise may appear in the

picture. Move any equipment which can cause

interference away from the TV.

TV does not respond immediately

• If the TV or aerial suffer interference from

signals reflecting from mountains or buildings,

double-pictures (ghosting) will occur. Change

the aerial’s direction or replace it with an aerial

with better directionality.

• Press the main power button on the TV to turn

off the main power. Press the main power but-

ton again to turn on the TV. If the TV returns to

a normal state, operation is normal.

• When a white and bright still image (such as a

white dress) is displayed on the screen, the

white part may look as if it is coloured. When

the image disappears from the screen, the

unnatural colours will also disappear.

The TV turns off suddenly

• Is the OFF TIMER function set to operate? (see

page 10.)

• Is the AUTO SHUTOFF function on? (see page

15.)

The picture is tilted

< AV-29 models only >

Poor sound

• A picture may be tilted due to the influence of

the earth’s magnetism. In this case, use the

PICTURE TILT function to adjust the tilt. (see

page 14.)

• Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select

another sound system. (see page 8.)

• Adjust the sound settings. (see page 16.)

< S series only >

• If there is noise during mono sound output,

press the

(see page 9.)

button to select “MONO”.

Specifications

TV RF systems

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

Colour systems

PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3.58 MHz, NTSC 4.43 MHz

Receiving channels

VHF low channel (VL), VHF high channel (VH), UHF channel (U)

Receives cable channels in mid band, super band and hyper band.

External input / output

VIDEO-1:

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input,

(If your TV has a S-connector ; S-video input)

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input,

VIDEO-2/COMPONENT:

COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C^B/CR) input

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input

VIDEO output , AUDIO L/R output

stereo mini jack (3.5 mm diameter)

VIDEO-3:

OUTPUT:

Headphone jack:

Teletext system < S series only >

FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)

Language displayed by teletext < S series only >

Please see the table in the description “TEXT LANGUAGE” on page 19.

Sound-multiplex systems < S series only >

A2 or NICAM (B/G, I, DK)

Design and specifications subject to change without notice.

Broadcasting systems

System

Colour

Area

Country or Region

Sound

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand,

India, etc.

PAL

B/G

Asia,

Middle

East

China, Vietnam, etc.

PAL

D/K

Hong Kong, etc.

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc.

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc.

Russia, etc.

SECAM

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

B/G

D/K

B/G

Czech Republic, Poland, etc.

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc.

UK, etc.

Europe

PAL

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc.

Republic of South Africa, etc.

PAL

B/G

PAL

Africa

Nigeria, etc.

PAL

B/G

Egypt, Morocco, etc.

SECAM

Contents

Safety precautions

Preparation

1 Insert the batteries into the remote control

2 Connecting the aerial and VCR

COLOUR TELEVISION

...

INSTRUCTIONS

..................

..........................

3 Connecting other devices

Thank you for buying this JVC

colour television.

...

4 Connect the power cord to the AC outlet

...............................................

5 Initial setting

To make sure you understand how to

use your new TV, please read this

manual thoroughly before you begin.

Basic operation

Remote control buttons and functions 7

.....................................

ECO SENSOR button

.................................

PICTURE MODE button

COLOUR SYSTEM button

SOUND SYSTEM button

.............................

...............................

AV-21WH3

AV-25LH3

AV-29WH3

.............................................

button

MUTING button

DISPLAY button

........................

CINEMA SURROUND button

.........................................

OFF TIMER button

................................

CHANNEL SCAN button

..........................................

RETURN + button

Using the TV’s menus

............................................

Basic operation

...........................................................

INPUT

...............................................

PICTURE TILT

...............................................................

VNR

........................................

COMPRESS (16:9)

..........................................

AUTO SHUTOFF

.................................................

..................................................

................................................

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET

....................................

.....................................

..................................................

Picture Adjustments

Sound Adjustments

AI VOLUME

.......................................

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

..................................

..............................................................

SKIP

LANGUAGE

..................................................

TV buttons and parts

Using the buttons on the TV

Troubleshooting

Specifications

LCT1177-001A-H

0602-NIC-JMT

Safety precautions

WARNING

• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

CAUTION

•Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

•Avoid damaging the power cord and mains plug. When you unplug the TV, pull it out by

the mains plug. Do not pull on the power cord.

•Never block or cover the cabinet openings for

ventilation. Never install the TV where good

15 cm

ventilation is unattainable. When installing

this TV, leave spaces for ventilation around

the TV more than the minimum distances

shown in the diagram.

•Do not allow objects or liquid into the

cabinet openings.

10 cm

15 cm

•In the event of a fault, unplug the TV and call a service technician. Do not attempt to

repair it by yourself or remove the rear cover.

•The surface of the TV screen is easily damaged. Be very careful with it when handling

the TV. Should the TV screen become soiled, wipe it with a soft dry cloth. Never rub it

forcefully. Never use any cleaner or detergent on it.

•When you don’t use this TV for a long period of time, be sure to unplug it.

WARNING

<AV-21WH3 only>

•A removable plastic cover is fixed to the television’s front Audio/Video connector. To

prevent this cover from being accidentally swallowed by babies or children, remove it

from the television and store it in a safe place. If the cover is swallowed seek the advice

of a doctor immediately.

Preparation

1 Insert the batteries into the remote control

Correctly insert two batteries, observing the , and . polarities and inserting the .

end first.

CAUTION:

Follow the cautions printed on the batteries.

Notes:

• Use AA/R6/UM-3 dry cell batteries.

• If the remote control does not work properly, fit new

batteries.

The supplied batteries are for testing, not regular use.

Preparation

2 Connecting the aerial and VCR

• Read the manuals provided with the devices. Depending on the device, the connection method

may be different from the diagrams. Also the device settings may need to change depending on

the connection method.

• Turn off all the devices including the TV.

• Connecting cables are not supplied.

• When connecting monaural audio to the TV, use the L/MONO jack.

• You can connect an S-VIDEO compatible device (such as an S-VHS VCR) to the S-connector with

an S-VIDEO cable and enjoy the high quality picture of the S-VIDEO signal (Y/C signal). In that

case, do not connect it to the TV with a video cable.

• If you connect the VCR to the TV only with an aerial cable, you should preset the video channel

from the VCR to the AV channel (channel number 0) on this TV. See “MANUAL CH PRESET” on

page 15 and preset it manually.

Connecting the aerial

VHF/UHF outdoor aerial

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

Connecting the aerial and VCR

VHF/UHF outdoor aerial

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

To video

output

To audio

output

To RF

output

To S-video

output

VCR

To aerial input

Preparation

3 Connecting other devices

If you are not connecting any other devices, skip step 3 and perform step 4.

• Use the headphones with a stereo mini jack (3.5 mm in diameter). When you connect the

headphones, the TV speakers go off.

• The OUTPUT terminal outputs the video and sound signals which you are viewing on the TV.

You can dub them onto the VCR connected to the OUTPUT terminal.

(The OUTPUT terminal cannot output S-VIDEO signals or component video signals. Also it

cannot output any signals when the TV is turned off.)

• Connect components outputting a component signal (Y/C^B/CR signal), such as a DVD player, to

the VIDEO-2 terminal, and set VIDEO-2 SET function to “COMPONENT”. (See page 13.)

• The following illustrations are for the AV-21WH3. Your TV’s front and rear pannels may not

look exactly like the illustrations.

Front

Camcorder or TV game

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

Headphones

Rear

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

VCR (for playing)

DVD player

(composite signals)

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

VCR (for recording)

DVD player

(component video signals)

4 Connect the power cord to the AC outlet

Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

Preparation

5 Initial setting

When the TV is first turned on, it enters the initial setting mode, and the JVC logo is

displayed. Follow the instructions on the on-screen display to perform the initial

settings.

1 Press the Main power button

on the TV.

The POWER lamp lights. After the

JVC logo has been displayed, the

TV automatically switches to the

POWER

VOLUME

language setting mode.

EXIT

POWER lamp Main power button

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

button

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

MENU t

buttons

/ΙΙ

buttons

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

TV/VIDEO

OFF

TIMER

• The JVC logo does not appear if your

TV has been turned on once before.

In this case, use the LANGUAGE and

AUTO CH PRESET functions to perform

the initial settings. For details, see pages

14 and 16.

2 Press the MENU

buttons to select language.

3 Press the MENU T buttons to select “AUTO CH PRESET”.

4 Press the MENU

buttons to start the AUTO CH PRESET function.

“>>>ON SEARCH” is displayed on the screen.

When all the TV channels that can be received on your TV have been preset, the

display goes out and the AUTO CH PRESET function operation is completed.

To stop the AUTO CH PRESET function, press the MENU

buttons.

• If a TV channel you want to view is not set to the channel, set it with the MANUAL CH PRESET

function. For details, see page 15.

This completes initial setting.

Now you’re ready to enjoy your JVC TV.

Basic operation

1 Press the POWER button to turn

your TV on.

• If your TV does not turn on, press the Main

power button on the TV then press the

POWER button again.

POWER

MUTING

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

• You can also turn on your TV by pressing

any of the following buttons;

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

- the CHANNEL m button

- the Number buttons

- the TV/VIDEO button

/ΙΙ

TV/VIDEO

2 Select a channel.

■ Press the CHANNEL m button.

OFF

TIMER

• Up/down selection cannot be selected for

channels to which the SKIP has been set

to “YES”. See page 16.

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

■ Press the Number buttons to enter

the channel number.

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

• If you want to enter a two-digit number,

press the -/-- button to select the two digit

mode “--”, then enter the channel num-

ber.

3 Press the VOLUME M button to

adjust the sound.

RM-C1011

4 To turn your TV off, press the

POWER button.

• We recommend that you press the Main

power button on the TV to turn the main

power off if you do not plan to use your TV

for a long time or if you wish to save energy.

If the picture is not clear:

Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to

select another colour system, see page 7.

If the sound is not clear:

Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select

another sound system, see page 7.

Viewing Images from an External

Device:

Press the TV/VIDEO button to select the

VIDEO mode.

• You can also use the INPUT function to select

the VIDEO mode. For details, refer to page 11.

Remote control buttons and functions

ECO SENSOR button

COLOUR SYSTEM button

You can adjust this TV so that the screen

automatically adjusts to the optimum

contrast according to the brightness of your

room. This function reduces eye strain and

the power consumption of this TV.

If the picture is not clear or no colour

appears, change the current colour system

to another colour system.

Press this button to select the colour

system.

Press this button to select the desired

mode.

SECAM

NTSC3.58

AUTO

PAL

NTSC4.43

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR DISPLAY:

The ECO SENSOR function switches on. In

this mode, the clover mark indicating the

brightness of your room is displayed for

several seconds each time the brightness

changes. The number of clover marks

displayed on screen increases as your room

becomes darker.

AUTO:

Automatic colour system selection.

• For the colour systems in each country or

region, see the table “Broadcasting systems” on

page 20.

• If the picture is not normal in the AUTO mode,

change the AUTO mode to another colour

system.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR ON:

The ECO SENSOR function switches on.

However, in this mode, the clover mark will

not be displayed.

SOUND SYSTEM button

If the sound is not clear even when the

picture appears normal, change the

current sound system to another sound

system.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR OFF:

The ECO SENSOR function switches off.

Press this button to select the sound

system.

PICTURE MODE button

You can select one of three picture

adjustment settings as you like.

B/G

D/K

Press this button to select a mode.

• For the sound systems in each country or

region, see the table “Broadcasting systems”

on page 20.

BRIGHT:

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

• You cannot select any sound system when in a

VIDEO mode.

STANDARD:

Standardizes picture adjustments.

SOFT:

Softens contrast and sharpness.

• Pressing this button returns all the picture

settings in “MENU 4” to their default settings.

Remote control buttons and functions

button

CINEMA SURROUND button

You can select a sound setting for stereo

broadcast programmes and bilingual

programmes.

You can enjoy an enhanced sound for a

wider audience by using CINEMA

SURROUND function.

Press this button to select a sound

setting.

Press this button to select one of the

CINEMA SURROUND mode.

: Stereo sound

HIGH/LOW:

: Bilingual I (sub I) sound

: Bilingual II (sub II) sound

: Monaural sound

When you listen to the stereo sound,

please select HIGH mode or LOW mode.

You can enjoy the sound for a wider

audience similar to the experience at the

theatre.

MONO : Cancels the multi-sound function,

and the sound becomes monaural.

• In case that you setting up the CINEMA SUR-

ROUND function to HIGH mode, there may be

slight volume distortion. In case that occurs,

please switch the HIGH mode to LOW mode,

the effect of CINEMA SURROUND functions will

be less noticeable, however, the volume distor-

tion will be corrected.

• If you have poor reception of a stereo broad-

cast, you can change from stereo sound (

)

to monaural sound ( ) so that you can hear

the broadcast more clearly and easily.

• If the multi-sound function cannot work nor-

mally due to poor signal quality, noise may be

included in the sound, or the sound may change

many times. If this happens, change the sound

setting to MONO mode to cancel the multi-sound

function.

MONO SURROUND:

Select the MONO SURROUND mode,

when you listen to the mono sound.

You can enjoy the sound for a wider

audience similar to stereo sound.

MUTING button

OFF:

You can turn the sound off instantly.

The CINEMA SURROUND function

switches off.

Press this button.

To turn the sound on, press this button

again.

DISPLAY button

You can continuously display the current

channel number or VIDEO mode on the

screen.

Press this button.

To turn the display off, press this button

again.

• When selecting a VIDEO mode with no signal,

indication of the VIDEO mode becomes fixed

on the screen.

Remote control buttons and functions

OFF TIMER button

RETURN + button

You can set the TV to automatically turn off

after a set time.

You can set a channel you frequently view

to the Return Channel and you can view

that channel at any time with one-touch.

Press this button to select the period of

time.

To set the channel to the Return Channel:

• You can set the period of time to a maximum of

120 minutes in 10 minute increments.

1 Select the channel you want to set

to the Return Channel.

• 1 minute before the OFF TIMER function turns

off the TV, “GOOD NIGHT!” appears.

2 Press this button and hold until the

message “RETURN PLUS PRO-

GRAMMED!” appears.

To display the remaining time, press this

button once.

To cancel the OFF TIMER function, press

this button to set the period of time to 0.

• When you turn off the TV, the Return

Channel setting is cancelled.

• The OFF TIMER function will not turn off the

TV’s main power.

To view the Return Channel:

Press this button.

• You can view two channels (current channel

and Return Channel) alternately by pressing

this button.

CHANNEL SCAN button

You can quickly view all TV channels

programmes that you can view on your TV,

and search for the programme you want to

view.

To cancel the Return Channel setting:

Press this button and hold until the

message “RETURN PLUS CANCELLED!”

appears.

1 Press this button to start scanning

TV channels.

If no channel is set to the Return

Channel:

You can view the channel selected right

before the current channel by pressing

this button.

The TV channel programmes are each

displayed for several seconds.

• The programmes of TV channels for which

the SKIP function is set to “YES” are not

displayed.

2 When you find the programme you

want to view, press this button

again to stop scanning.

Using the TV’s menus

This TV has a number of functions you can operate using the menus. To use all your TV’s

functions fully, you need to understand how to use the menus.

4 Press the MENU

buttons to

change function settings.

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

Example:

SENSOR

DISPLAY

button

Changes the AUTO

SHUTOFF setting.

MENU t

buttons

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

/ΙΙ

buttons

OFF

TV/VIDEO

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

⇔

OFF

TIMER

SELECT BY

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

OPERATE BY -+

• With some functions, the operation method

may differ.

■ Basic operation

5 Press the DISPLAY button to turn

the display off.

1 Press the MENU T buttons.

One of the 5 menus is displayed.

•To operate a menu using the buttons on

the front panel of the TV, refer to

“Operating menus” on page 18.

MENU number

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

The icon

on the

left indicates the

currently selected

function.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Repeatedly press the MENU T

buttons to display a desired

menu.

• If you hold down the y button, the next

menu is displayed.

• If the selected function is on the first line,

pressing the r button displays the preced-

ing menu.

3 Repeatedly press the MENU T

buttons to select a desired

function.

Using the TV’s menus

INPUT

VNR

You can view images from VCRs or other

devices connected to your TV.

You can reduce picture noise.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“VNR”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“INPUT”.

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Press MENU

VIDEO mode.

to select the

To cancel the VNR function, select “OFF”.

TV mode changes to VIDEO mode.

COMPRESS (16:9)

This function converts a normal picture (4:3

aspect ratio) into a wide picture (16:9 aspect

ratio).

PICTURE TILT

< AV-29WH3 only >

Use for pictures with a 16:9 aspect ratio that

have been squeezed into a normal picture

(4:3 aspect ratio), to restore their original

dimensions.

There are cases where the Earth’s magnetic

force may make the picture tilt. If this

happens, you can correct the picture tilt.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“PICTURE TILT”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“COMPRESS (16:9)”.

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Continue pressing MENU

the picture becomes level.

until

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the COMPRESS (16:9) function,

select “OFF”.

Using the TV’s menus

AUTO SHUTOFF

BLUE BACK

You can set your TV to turn off if no signals

are received for about 15 minutes or longer

after the end of a broadcast.

You can mute the sound and change the

picture into a blue screen while no signals

are received by the TV, or when the signals

are unstable.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “AUTO

SHUTOFF”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “BLUE

BACK”.

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the AUTO SHUTOFF function,

select “OFF”.

To cancel the BLUE BACK function, select

“OFF”.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF function does not turn

off the TV’s main power.

• To view a broadcast even when the recep-

tion signal is poor, set the BLUE BACK func-

tion to “OFF”.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF will not work for a

VIDEO mode.

• Even when the BLUE BACK function is set

to “OFF”, the sound may not be audible.

CHILD LOCK

You can disable the front control buttons of

the TV.

When this function is set to “ON”, the TV

can be operated using only the remote

control.

Use this function to prevent children from

operating the TV without parental consent.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “CHILD

LOCK”.

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the CHILD LOCK function,

select “OFF”.

• The CHILD LOCK function is canceled when

you turn the power off.

Using the TV’s menus

VIDEO-2 SET

Picture Adjustments

Set the VIDEO-2 SET correctly according to

the video signal input from the external

device connected to the VIDEO-2 terminal.

If this setting is incorrect, images will not

be displayed.

You can adjust the picture as you like.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 4” menu.

TINT

COLOUR

BRIGHT

CONT

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select

“VIDEO-2 SET”.

SHARP

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

2 Press MENU T to select an item

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

and press MENU

to adjust it.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

TINT*

- : Reddish

- : Lighter

- : Darker

- : Lower

- : Softer

+ : Greenish

+ : Deeper

+ : Brighter

+ : Higher

+ : Sharper

COLOUR

BRIGHT

CONT

2 Set the VIDEO-2 SET according to

the video signal input from the

VIDEO-2 terminal.

SHARP

*TINT (tint) is displayed only when viewing

images from NTSC3.58 or NTSC4.43 colour

systems.

If a normal video signal (composite

video signal) is input:

Press the MENU

“VIDEO”.

buttons to select

Sound Adjustments

You can adjust the sound as you like.

If a component video signal (Y/C^B/CR

signals) is input:

Press the MENU

“COMPONENT”.

buttons to select

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 5” menu.

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU T to select an item

and press MENU

to adjust it.

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

- : Weaker

- : Left

+ : Stronger

+ : Right

Using the TV’s menus

AI VOLUME

AUTO CH PRESET

You can prevent the sudden increase or

decrease of volume that occurs when

changing channels or switching VIDEO

modes.

You can automatically preset all TV channels

that can be received by your TV to channels.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select “AUTO

CH PRESET”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 5” menu, then select

“AI VOLUME”.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to start the AUTO

CH PRESET function.

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

“>>>ON SEARCH” is displayed on the

To cancel the AI VOLUME function, select

screen.

“OFF”.

When all the TV channels that can be

received on your TV have been preset,

the display goes out and the AUTO CH

PRESET function operation is completed.

• The AI VOLUME function may not operate as

expected if the sound input level from a broad-

cast station (or video software) is extremely low.

• The AI VOLUME function for TV mode and

VIDEO mode can be set separately. For example,

you can set it to be off in TV mode and on in

VIDEO mode. If you set the AI VOLUME func-

tion while viewing a TV channel, the setting is

registered as the setting for TV mode. If you set

the AI VOLUME function while viewing images

from a VIDEO terminal, the setting is registered

as the setting for VIDEO mode.

To stop the AUTO CH PRESET:

Press the MENU

button.

• The AUTO CH PRESET function does not preset

a TV channel to the AV channel (channel num-

ber 0).

• If the TV cannot preset the TV channel you want

to view, preset it manually. For details, see

“MANUAL CH PRESET” on page 15.

Using the TV’s menus

If the picture is not clear:

MANUAL CH PRESET

You can manually preset desired TV

channels to desired channels.

Fine-tune the TV channel.

Press MENU t to select “FINE”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“MANUAL CH PRESET”.

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

FINE

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

Hold VOLUME m down to fine-tune

the TV channel so that the best image

is displayed on screen.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

“>” or “<” indicates that the TV is fine-

tuning the TV channel.

2 Press MENU

The sub-menu is displayed.

If the sound is not clear:

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

Press MENU t to select “SOUND

SYSTEM”.

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

SEARCH BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

• The channel number is displayed as a PR

number. For example, channel 1 will be

displayed as PR 1. However, the AV channel

will be displayed as AV.

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

CHANGE BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

3 Press MENU

channel number.

to select the

Press VOLUME m to select the

appropriate sound system.

•For the sound systems in each country

or region, refer to the table “Broadcasting

systems” on page 20.

4 Press VOLUME M to start

searching for the TV channel.

“>>>” or “<<<” is displayed on the

screen.

When the TV finds a TV channel, the

“>>>” or “<<<” display goes out, and

the TV channel is preset to the currently

selected channel number.

• If the TV channel you want to preset is not

displayed, repeat step 4 until the TV finds

the TV channel you want to preset.

5 Press MENU T to select

“MANUAL”.

6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 if you want to

preset another TV channel to a

channel.

• To stop the MANUAL CH PRESET function,

press any button other than the VOLUME

m button.

Using the TV’s menus

SKIP

LANGUAGE

You can set undesired channels to be

skipped. Channels set to be skipped cannot

be selected by the CHANNEL m buttons

nor the CHANNEL SCAN button.

• Channels to which TV channels have not been

preset are automatically set to be skipped.

You can select the language for the on-screen

display.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select “LAN-

GUAGE”.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“MANUAL CH PRESET”.

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

The sub-menu is displayed.

2 Press MENU

language.

to select

3 Press MENU T to select “SKIP”.

The on-screen display indications are in

the selected language.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

YES/NO BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

4 Press MENU

to select the

channel you want to skip.

5 Press VOLUME M to select “YES”.

The channel is set to be skipped.

To cancel the SKIP function, select “NO”.

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 if you want to

set another channel to skip.

TV buttons and parts

Front

<AV-29WH3>

3 4

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-25LH3>

<AV-21WH3>

POWER

CHANNEL

VOLUME

EXIT

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

1 Headphone jack

2 VIDEO-3 terminal

3 MENU button

4 CHANNEL m buttons

5 VOLUME m buttons

6 TV/VIDEO button

7 ECO sensor

8 Remote control sensor

9 POWER lamp

0 Main power button

Using the buttons on the TV

Basic operation

Operating menus

• Check to make sure the CHILD LOCK function

is set to “OFF”. When the CHILD LOCK function

is set to “ON”, the TV cannot be operated using

the front control buttons. For details, see “CHILD

LOCK” on page 12.

You can operate functions in menus using

the front control buttons on the TV.

1 Press MENU y to display a menu.

2 Press MENU y repeatedly to display

1 Press CHANNEL M to turn the TV

the menu you want to use.

on from standby mode.

3 Press MENU y to select the desired

2 Press CHANNEL M to select a

function or item.

channel.

4 Press MENU M or VOLUME M to

3 Press VOLUME M to adjust the

carry out the desired operation.

volume.

For details, see the description for each

function.

4 To turn your TV off, press the Main

power button to turn off the TV’s

main power.

5 Press VOLUME M to turn the menu

display off.

To change the TV mode to the VIDEO

mode:

To turn the sub-menu display off:

• Press the TV/VIDEO button if the TV has one.

See page 6.

• If the TV has no TV/VIDEO button, select the

VIDEO mode with the INPUT function in

“MENU 1”.

Press MENU y to select “EXIT”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

EXIT

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

Press VOLUME m to turn the display

off.

Troubleshooting

If there is no picture or the TV does not operate normally, make sure the problem isn’t due to

the reasons indicated below.

If the problem persists even after taking the measures indicated, please contact a service

technician.

Cannot turn the TV on

Poor picture

• Press the Main power button on the TV.

• Connect the power cord to the AC outlet.

• Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to select

another colour system. (see page 7.)

• Adjust the picture settings. (see page 13.)

• Is a component signal output device, such as a

DVD player, connected correctly? (see page 4.)

The screen turns blue

• Is the BLUE BACK function on? (see page 12.)

• Is the VIDEO-2 SET function setting correct? (see

page 13.)

• If noise (snow) totally blocks out the picture,

check the following.

Remote control inoperable

• Replace the batteries. (see page 2.)

- Have the TV and aerial been connected properly?

- Has the aerial cable been damaged?

- Is the aerial pointing in the right direction?

- Is the aerial itself faulty?

Buttons on front of the TV do not work

• Switch the CHILD LOCK function off. (see page

12.)

• If the TV or aerial suffer interference from other

equipment, stripes or noise may appear in the

picture. Move any equipment which can cause

interference away from the TV.

TV does not respond immediately

• If the TV or aerial suffer interference from

signals reflecting from mountains or buildings,

double-pictures (ghosting) will occur. Change

the aerial’s direction or replace it with an aerial

with better directionality.

• Press the main power button on the TV to turn

off the main power. Press the main power but-

ton again to turn on the TV. If the TV returns to

a normal state, operation is normal.

• When a white and bright still image (such as a

white dress) is displayed on the screen, the

white part may look as if it is coloured. When

the image disappears from the screen, the

unnatural colours will also disappear.

The TV turns off suddenly

• Is the OFF TIMER function set to operate? (see

page 9.)

• Is the AUTO SHUTOFF function on? (see page

12.)

The picture is tilted

< AV-29WH3 only >

Poor sound

• A picture may be tilted due to the influence of

the earth’s magnetism. In this case, use the

PICTURE TILT function to adjust the tilt. (see

page 11.)

• Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select

another sound system. (see page 7.)

• Adjust the sound settings. (see page 13.)

• If there is noise during mono sound output,

press the

(see page 8.)

button to select “MONO”.

Specifications

TV RF systems

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

Colour systems

PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3.58 MHz, NTSC 4.43 MHz

Receiving channels

VHF low channel (VL), VHF high channel (VH), UHF channel (U)

Receives cable channels in mid band, super band and hyper band.

External input / output

VIDEO-1:

S-video input, VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input,

VIDEO-2/COMPONENT:

COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C^B/CR) input

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input

VIDEO output , AUDIO L/R output

stereo mini jack (3.5 mm diameter)

VIDEO-3:

OUTPUT:

Headphone jack:

Sound-multiplex systems

A2 or NICAM (B/G, I, DK)

Design and specifications subject to change without notice.

Broadcasting systems

System

Colour

Area

Country or Region

Sound

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand,

India, etc.

PAL

B/G

Asia,

Middle

East

China, Vietnam, etc.

PAL

D/K

Hong Kong, etc.

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc.

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc.

Russia, etc.

SECAM

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

B/G

D/K

B/G

Czech Republic, Poland, etc.

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc.

UK, etc.

Europe

PAL

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc.

Republic of South Africa, etc.

PAL

B/G

PAL

Africa

Nigeria, etc.

PAL

B/G

Egypt, Morocco, etc.

SECAM

安全須知

準備

1 將電池裝入遙控器

2 連接天線和錄像機

3 連接其他裝置

4 將電源線插入交流電源插座

彩色電視機

.......................

......................

使用說明書

感謝惠購JVC彩色電視機。

請在使用電視機前通讀本說明書，以便

掌握新電視機的使用方法。

..........................

..............

..............................

5 初始設定

基本操作

遙控器按鈕和功能

ECO SENSOR 按鈕

PICTURE MODE 按鈕

COLOUR SYSTEM 按鈕

SOUND SYSTEM 按鈕

......................

....................

AV-21WH3

AV-25LH3

AV-29WH3

..................

...................

...........................

...............

按鈕

MUTING 按鈕

DISPLAY 按鈕

CINEMA SURROUND 按鈕

.........................

...................

.........................

OFF TIMER 按鈕

CHANNEL SCAN 按鈕

RETURN + 按鈕

使用電視機的菜單

...............................

...................................

基本操作

輸入

畫面糾正

...............................

...................................

........................

...............................

降噪

垂直壓縮(16:9）

自動關機

...................................

童鎖

藍背景

.................................

.............................

...............................

視頻-2設定

圖像調節

聲音調節

自動音控

...............................

...........................

自動頻道預置

手動頻道預置

...........................

...............................

頻道跳越

...................................

語言

電視機按鈕和部件

使用電視機的按鈕

故障排除

規格

LCT1177-001A-H

0602-NV-JMT

安全須知

警告

• 為了防止火災或觸電的危險，請勿將電視機暴露於雨中或放在潮濕之處。

注意

• 僅在電視機背面所示的電源規格內操作使用。

• 請勿損傷電源線和主插頭。撥下插頭時應拿著主插頭撥出而不要拉電源線。

• 切勿擋住或蓋住用於通風的開放縫隙。切勿

將電視機安裝在通風不良之處。安裝電視機

時，請在電視機周圍留出不小於圖示的最小

距離的空間，以便通風。

15 cm

• 請勿讓物體或液體進入電視機的開放縫隙

中。

10 cm

• 電視機發生故障時，請撥下電源插頭，並請

維修服務人員修理。請勿自行維修或打開後蓋。

• 電視機屏幕的表面容易損壞。使用電視機時請十分小心。當電視機屏幕髒污時，請用柔軟

的乾布擦拭。切勿用力擦。切勿使用任何清潔劑或去污劑。

• 當長期不使用電視機時，請務必撥下插頭。

警告

<僅適用於AV-21WH3>

可取下的塑料蓋固定在電視機前面的音頻／視頻接頭上。為了防止被幼兒或兒童不小心將此

蓋吞下，請將其從電視機上取下，存放在安全的地方。如果吞下此蓋，請立刻請醫生診治。

準備

1 將電池裝入遙控器

正確插入兩節電池，注意正,極和負.極，先插入負.極端。

注意：

請遵從印在電池上的注意事項。

注：

• 請使用AA/R6/UM-3/5號乾電池。

• 如果遙控器操作不正常，請換上新電池。

附帶的電池是用於測試的，而不是用於正式使用

的。

準備

2 連接天線和錄像機

• 請閱讀裝置附帶的使用說明書。有的裝置的連接方法可能不同於圖示方法。而且裝置的設定也可

能因連接方法而異。

• 關閉電視機在內的所有裝置。

• 不提供連接電纜。

• 將單聲道音頻裝置與電視機相連接時，請使用L/MONO插口。

• 可用S-VIDEO電纜將S-VIDEO兼容裝置（例如S-VHS VCR）與S接頭相連接，欣賞S-VIDEO信號

（Y/C信號）的高品質圖像。此時，請勿用視頻電纜將其與電視機相連接。

• 如果僅用天線電纜將錄像機連接於電視機，應將電視機的視頻頻道從錄像機預置為AV頻道（頻道

號為０）。請參照第15頁上的“手動頻道預置”，手動將其預置。

連接天線

VHF/UHF

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

接天線和錄像機

VHF/UHF

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

準備

3 連接其他裝置

如果不需連接任何其他裝置時，請跳過步驟3，執行步驟4。

• 請使用帶立體聲微型插口（直徑3.5毫米）的耳機。與耳機相連接時，電視機的揚聲器關閉。

• OUTPUT端子輸出從電視機上觀看的圖像的視頻和聲音信號。可將它們復制在連接在OUTPUT端子

上的錄像機上。

（OUTPUT端子不能輸出S-VIDEO信號或組合視頻信號。當電視機關閉時不能輸出任何信號。）

• 將DVD播放機等輸出組合視頻信號（Y/C^B/CR信號）的組件與VIDEO-2端子相連接，並將視頻-2設

定功能設定為“构成”。（參照第13頁。）

• 下圖是用於AV-21WH3的。您的電視機的前面板和後面板可能不同於該插圖。

前面

MEN

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

COMPONENT

後面

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

DVD

OVER

^/V

^/MONO

DVD

4 將電源線插入交流電源插座

僅在電視機背面所示的電源規格內操作使用。

準備

5 初始設定

首次打開電視機時，將進入初始設定模式，並出現JVC標志。

請按照屏幕上顯示的說明，進行初始設定。

1 按下電視機上的主電源按鈕。

POWER指示燈發出。顯示JVC標志後，

電視機自動切換為語種設定模式。

POWER

VOLUME

EXIT

POWER

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

MENU t

DISPLAY

/ΙΙ

TV/VIDEO

• 如果以前已打開過電視機，則不會顯示JVC

標志。此時，請利用語言和自動頻道預置

功能，進行初始設定。詳細說明，請參照

第14頁和第16頁。

OFF

TIMER

2 按下MENU

按鈕，選擇語種。

3 按下MENU T按鈕，選擇“自動頻道預置”。

4 按下MENU

在屏幕上會顯示“>>>正在搜索中”。

當預置了所有可接收的電視頻道後，該顯示消失，自動頻道預置功能結束。

按鈕，起動自動頻道預置功能。

要結束自動頻道預置功能時，請按下MENU

按鈕。

• 如果所需觀看的電視頻道未被預置，請用手動頻道預置功能進行設定。詳細說明，請參照第15

頁。

初始設定已結束。

請欣賞JVC電視機。

基本操作

1 按下POWER 按鈕，打開電視機。

• 如果電視機未打開，請按下電視機上的主電源

按鈕，然後再次按下POWER按鈕。

POWER

MUTING

• 也可透過按下下列任一按鈕來打開電視機；

- CHANNEL m 按鈕

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

- 數字按鈕

DISPLAY

- TV/VIDEO按鈕

2 選擇頻道。

/ΙΙ

I 按下 CHANNEL m 按鈕。

TV/VIDEO

• 對於頻道跳越已設為“是”的頻道，不能

用上下選擇功能進行選擇。請參照第16

頁。

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

I 按下數字按鈕，輸入頻道號。

• 要輸入兩位數時，請按下–/––按鈕，選擇

兩位數模式“--”，然後輸入頻道號。

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

3 按下VOLUME M 按鈕，調節聲

音。

4 按下POWER 按鈕，關閉電視機。

• 長期不使用電視機或想節電時，推薦您按下

電視機上的主電源按鈕，以關閉主電源。

RM-C1011

如果圖像不清晰：

請按下COLOUR SYSTEM按鈕，選擇其他彩

色制式，請參照第7頁。

如果聲音不清晰：

請按下SOUND SYSTEM按鈕，選擇其他聲

音制式，請參照第7頁。

從外接裝置上觀看圖像：

請按下TV/VIDEO按鈕，選擇視頻模式。

• 也可使用輸入功能來選擇視頻模式。詳細說明，

請參照第11頁。

遙控器按鈕和功能

ECO SENSOR（ECO電子眼）按鈕

COLOUR SYSTEM（彩色制式）按鈕

可調節本電視機，使屏幕自動根據室內的明

亮程度調節至最佳對比度。此功能減少眼睛

緊張和電視機的電力消費。

如果圖像不清晰或不出現色彩，請將當前

的彩色制式轉換為另一彩色制式。

請按下此按鈕，選擇彩色制式。

請按下此按鈕，選擇所需模式。

SECAM

NTSC3.58

PAL

數字 ECO 電子眼顯示：

NTSC4.43

打開ECO SENSOR功能。在此模式時，每當

室內的明亮程度發生變化時，都會顯示幾秒

鐘表示室內明亮程度的三葉草標記。室內變

暗時，顯示在屏幕上的三葉草標記會增加。

自動：

自動彩色制式選擇。

• 有關各國或各地區的彩色制式，請參照第20頁

上的“廣播制式”表。

數字 ECO 電子眼：

打開ECO SENSOR功能。但是在此模式時，

不顯示三葉草標記。

• 如果在自動模式時圖像不正常，請將自動模式

轉換為另一彩色制式。

數字 ECO 電子眼關：

關閉ECO SENSOR功能。

SOUND SYSTEM（聲音制式）按鈕

如果圖像正常但是聲音不清晰時，請將當

前的聲音制式轉換為另一聲音制式。

PICTURE MODE（圖像模式）按鈕

可按需選擇三種圖像調節設定值。

請按下此按鈕，選擇一個模式。

請按下此按鈕，選擇聲音制式。

B/G

D/K

• 有關各國或各地區的聲音制式，請參照第20頁

上的“廣播制式”表。

亮度：

加大對比度和銳度。

• 在視頻模式時，不能選擇任何聲音制式。

普通：

調節圖像至標準。

柔和：

使對比度和銳度柔和。

• 按下此按鈕，將“ 菜单４”中的所有圖像設定

值全部返回到默認設定值。

遙控器按鈕和功能

按鈕

CINEMA SURROUND（影院環繞）

按鈕

可對立體聲廣播節目和雙語節目選擇聲音制

式。

利用CINEMA SURROUND（影院環繞）功

能，可欣賞增強了適於較多聽眾的效果的

音響。

請按下此按鈕，選擇聲音設定。

: 立體聲

請按下此按鈕，選擇一種CINEMA SURROUND

（影院環繞）模式。

: 雙語Ⅰ（副Ⅰ）聲音

: 雙語Ⅱ（副Ⅱ）聲音

: 單聲道

高／低：

收聽立體聲時，請選擇高模式或低模式。

可像在劇院中一樣地欣賞適於較多聽眾的

音響。

單聲道 : 取消多重聲音功能，聲音變為單聲

道。

• 如果接收立體聲廣播時音質不佳，可從立體聲

( )改變為單聲道( )，以便能更清晰更便於

接收廣播。

• 將CINEMA SURROUND功能設為高模式時，音

量可能有些失真，此時，請將高模式切換成低

模式，CINEMA SURROUND功能的作用將會不

太顯著，但是音量失真會得到改善。

• 如因信號品質較差而多重聲音功能不能正常工

作時，聲音中可能會出現噪音，或聲音可能會

變換許多次。如果發生這種情況，請將聲音設

定值改變成單聲道，取消多重聲音功能。

模拟环绕声：

收聽單聲道音響時，請選擇模拟环绕声模

式。可欣賞適於較多聽眾的與立體聲相似

的音響。

MUTING（靜音）按鈕

可立刻關閉聲音。

关：

關閉CINEMA SURROUND功能。

請按下此按鈕。

再次按下此按鈕，打開聲音。

DISPLAY（顯示）按鈕

可在屏幕上持續顯示當前頻道號或視頻模

式。

請按下此按鈕。

再次按下此按鈕，停止顯示。

• 當選擇無信號的視頻模式時，視頻模式的顯示

會固定在屏幕上。

遙控器按鈕和功能

RETURN <（智能控制調回系統）按

鈕

OFF TIMER（關機定時器）按鈕

可將經常觀看的頻道設定為調回頻道，任何

可將電視機設定成到了設定的時間後自動關閉。

時候僅需按一下就可觀看該頻道。

請按下此按鈕，選擇時間。

若要將頻道設定為調回頻道：

• 可以10分鐘為增量設定時間，最多為120分鐘。

1 選擇要設定為調回頻道的頻道。

• 在OFF TIMER功能關閉電視機前的１分鐘，會出現“晚安!”。

按一次此按鈕，會顯示剩餘時間。

2 持續按住此按鈕，直至出現“快退已設

定！”的訊息。

按下此按鈕，把時間設為0時，將取消OFF TIMER功能。

• 關閉電視機時，將取消調回頻道的設定。

• OFF TIMER功能不會關閉電視機的主電源。

若要觀看調回頻道：

請按下此按鈕。

CHANNEL SCAN（頻道掃描）按鈕

• 按下此按鈕，可交替觀看兩個頻道（當前頻道

可迅速觀看所有可在您的電視機上收看的電視頻道節目，搜索想要觀看的節目。

和調回頻道）。

1 按下此按鈕，開始掃描電視頻道。

若要取消調回頻道設定值：

每個電視頻道節目各顯示幾秒鐘。

持續按住此按鈕，直至出現“快退已取

消！”的訊息。

• 不能顯示頻道跳越功能被設為“是”的電視頻道節目。

若沒有頻道被設定為調回頻道：

2 當出現想要觀看的頻道時，請再次按下此按鈕，可停止掃描。

按下此按鈕，可觀看當前頻道之前選擇的

頻道。

使用電視機的菜單

本電視機具有許多可用菜單操作的功能。為了充分利用所有的電視機功能，請掌握利用菜單

的方法。

4 按下MENU

設定值。

按鈕，改變功能的

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

例如：

MENU t

改變自動關機設定值。

Ι/ΙΙ

TV/VIDEO

OFF

TIMER

⇔

DISPLAY

• 有些功能的操作方法可能不同。

■基本操作

5 按下DISPLAY 按鈕，關閉顯示。

1 按下MENU T 按鈕。

顯示五個菜單之一。

• 要用電視機前面板上的按鈕操作菜單，

請參照第18頁上的“操作菜單”。

菜單號

左側的圖示表示

當前選擇的功能。

DISPLAY

2 反復按下MENU T 按鈕，顯示

所需菜單。

• 如果持續按住 y 按鈕，會顯示下一菜單。

• 如果所選功能在第一行，則按下 ▲按鈕會

顯示前一菜單。

3 反復按下MENU T 按鈕，選擇

所需功能。

使用電視機的菜單

輸入（輸入）

降噪

可觀看來自與電視機連接的錄像機或其他裝

置的圖像。

可減少圖像的噪音。

1 按下MENU T，顯示“菜單１”菜

單，然後選擇“降噪”。

單，然後選擇“輸入”。

DISPLAY

2 按下MENU

，選擇“開”。

2 按下MENU

，選擇視頻模式。

要取消降噪功能時，請選擇“关”。

電視模式轉換為視頻模式。

垂直壓縮(16:9)（垂直壓縮(16:9)）

畫面糾正（畫面糾正）

此功能將普通圖像（4:3縱橫比）轉換成寬型

圖像（16:9縱橫比）。

＜僅適用於AV-29WH3＞

用於具有16:9縱橫比但已被壓縮成普通圖像

（4:3縱橫比）的圖像，可恢復成原有尺寸。

地球的磁力有時可能會使圖像傾斜。此時，

可糾正圖像的傾斜。

1 按下MENU T，顯示“菜單１”菜

單，然後選擇“垂直壓縮(16:9)”。

單，然後選擇“畫面糾正”。

DISPLAY

2 按下MENU

，選擇“開”。

2 持續按住MENU

水平。

，直至圖像變成

要取消垂直壓縮(16:9)功能時，請選擇

“关”。

使用電視機的菜單

自動關機（自動關機）

藍背景（藍背景）

可將電視機設定成當最後一個電視節目結束

後約15分鐘以上未接收到信號時關閉電視

機。

當電視機未接收到信號或信號不穩定時，可

靜音並將圖像變成藍色屏幕。

1 按下MENU T，顯示“菜單２”菜

單，然後選擇“藍背景”。

單，然後選擇“自動關機”。

DISPLAY

2 按下MENU

，選擇“開”。

2 按下MENU

，選擇“開”。

要取消藍背景功能時，請選擇“关”。

要取消自動關機功能時，請選擇“关”。

• 自動關機功能並不關閉電視機的主電源。

• 自動關機功能對視頻模式無效。

• 要想觀看較弱信號的廣播時，請將藍背景功

能設定為“关”。

• 即使藍背景功能設為“关”，也還可能聽不

見聲音。

童鎖（童鎖）

可使電視機的前面控制按鈕功能無效。

當此功能被設定為“开”時，隻能用遙控器

操作電視機。

利用此功能可防止兒童在未得到父母的同意

的情況下操作電視機。

1 按下MENU T，顯示“菜單２”菜

單，然後選擇“童鎖”。

DISPLAY

2 按下MENU

，選擇“開”。

要取消童鎖功能時，請選擇“关”。

• 關閉電源時，童鎖功能被取消。

使用電視機的菜單

視頻-2設定（視頻-2設定）

圖像調節

請按照從連接在VIDEO-2端子上的外接裝置

輸入的視頻信號正確地設定視頻-2設定。如

果設定不正確，將不能正確顯示圖像。

可按照需要調節圖像。

1 按下MENU T ，顯示“菜單４”菜

單。

1 按下MENU T，顯示“菜單２”菜

單，然後選擇“視頻-2設定”。

DISPLAY

2 按下MENU T，選擇一個項目，並

按下MENU

進行調節。

2 按照VIDEO-2 端子輸入的視頻信號設定

視頻-2設定。

色彩微調*

色彩

亮度

－：較紅

－：較淡

－：較暗

－：較低

＋：較綠

＋：較深

＋：較亮

＋：較高

如果輸入的是普通的視頻信號（複合信

號）時：

對比度

銳度

－：較柔和＋：較明顯

按下MENU

按鈕，選擇“视频”。

* 僅在觀看NTSC3.58或NTSC4.43彩色制式的圖

像時，纔顯示色彩微調（色彩微調)。

如果輸入的是組合視頻信號（Y/C^B/CR

號）時：

信

按下MENU

按鈕，選擇“构成”。

聲音調節

可按照需要調節聲音。

1 按下MENU T，顯示“菜單５”菜

單。

DISPLAY

2 按下MENU T，選擇一個項目，並

按下MENU

進行調節。

低音

高音

平衡

－：較弱＋：較強

－：左側＋：右側

使用電視機的菜單

自動音控（自動音控）

自動頻道預置（自動頻道預置）

可防止改變頻道或切換視頻模式時的音量的

突然增減。

可自動將所有電視機可接收的電視頻道預置

為頻道。

1 按下 MENU T，顯示“菜單５”菜

1 按下 MENU T，顯示“菜單３”菜

單，然後選擇“自動音控”。

單，然後選擇“自動頻道預置”。

DISPLAY

2 按下 MENU

，選擇“開”。

2 按下 MENU

功能。

，啟動自動頻道預置

要取消自動音控功能時，請選擇“关”。

在屏幕上會顯示“>>>正在搜索中”。

• 如果來自廣播臺（或視頻軟體）的聲音輸入電

平極低時，自動音控功能可能不能發揮應有的

功能。

當預置了所有電視機可接收的電視頻道

後，該顯示消失，自動頻道預置功能結束

工作。

• 可分別用於設定電視模式和視頻模式的自動音

控功能。例如，可將其設定為在電視模式時為

關，在視頻模式時為開。如果在觀看電視頻道

時設定自動音控功能，則該設定值被登記為用

於電視模式的設定值。如果在觀看來VIDEO端

子的圖像時設定自動音控功能，則該設定值被

登記為用於視頻模式的設定值。

若要停止自動頻道預置：

請按下MENU

按鈕。

• 自動頻道預置功能不將電視頻道預置為AV頻道

（頻道號０）。

• 如果電視機不能預置要觀看的電視頻道，請手

動預置。詳細說明，請參照第15頁上的“手動

頻道預置”。

使用電視機的菜單

如果圖像不清晰：

請微調電視頻道。

手動頻道預置（手動頻道預置）

可手動將所需的電視頻道預置為想要的頻

道。

按下 MENU t 按鈕，選擇“微调”。

1 按下 MENU T，顯示“菜單３”菜

單，然後選擇“手動頻道預置”。

B/G

1 VL

DISPLAY

按住 VOLUME M 按鈕，微調電視頻

道，使屏幕上顯示出最佳圖像。

“>”或“<”表示電視機正在微調電視

頻道。

2 按下 MENU

。

顯示子菜單。

如果聲音不清晰：

按下 MENU t按鈕，選擇“声音制

式”。

B/G

1 VL

DISPLAY

B/G

3 按下 MENU

，選擇頻道號。

1 VL

DISPLAY

4 按下 VOLUME M，開始搜索電視頻

道。

按下 VOLUME M 按鈕，選擇合適的聲

音制式。

在屏幕上顯示“>>>”或“<<<”。

當電視機找到電視頻道時，“>>>”或

“<<<”的顯示消失，電視頻道被預置為

當前選擇的頻道號。

• 有關各國或各地區的聲音制式，請參照第

20頁上的“廣播制式”表。

5 按下 MENU T按鈕，選擇“手

動”。

• 如果不顯示所需預置的電視頻道，請重復步

驟４，直至電視機找到所需預置的電視頻

道。

6 如要將其他電視頻道預置為頻道，請重

復步驟３至５。

• 要停止手動頻道預置功能時，請按下VOLUME

m 按鈕之外的任何按鈕。

使用電視機的菜單

頻道跳越（頻道跳越）

語言（語言）

可設定不要的頻道，將其跳過。被設定

為跳躍的頻道不能用CHANNEL m 按鈕

或CHANNEL SCAN按鈕選擇。

可選擇屏幕上顯示的語種。

1 按下 MENU T，顯示“菜單３”菜

單，然後選擇“語言”。

• 未預置電視頻道的頻道被自動設定為跳躍的頻

道。

1 按下 MENU T，顯示“菜單３”菜

單，然後選擇“手動頻道預置”。

DISPLAY

2 按下 MENU

。

顯示子菜單。

2 按下 MENU

，選擇語種。

顯示在屏幕上的說明將使用所選語種。

3 按下 MENU T，選擇“頻道跳

越”。

B/G

1 VL

DISPLAY

4 按下 MENU

道。

，選擇要跳躍的頻

5 按下 VOLUME M，選擇“是”。

該頻道被設定為跳躍的頻道。

要取消頻道跳越功能時，請選擇“否”。

6 如要設定其他頻道跳躍時，請重複步驟

４和５。

電視機按鈕和部件

前面

＜AV-29WH3＞

3 4

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

＜AV-25LH3＞

＜AV-21WH3＞

POWER

CANNEL

VOLUME

EXIT

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

1 耳機插口

2 VIDEO-3端子

3 MENU按鈕

4 CHANNEL m 按鈕

6 TV/VIDEO按鈕

7 ECO電子眼傳感器

8 遙控器傳感窗

9 POWER指示燈

0 主電源按鈕

5 VOLUME m 按鈕

使用電視機的按鈕

基本操作

操作菜單

• 請確認童鎖功能被設為“关”。當童鎖功能為

“开”時，不能用前面控制按鈕操作電視機。

詳細說明，請參照第12頁上的“童鎖”。

可用電視機前面控制按鈕操作菜單中的功

能。

1 按下MENU y ，顯示菜單。

1 按下CHANNEL M，從標準模式打開

電視機。

2 反復按下MENU y，顯示需使用的菜

單。

2 按下CHANNEL M，選擇頻道。

3 按下MENU y，選擇所需的功能或項

目。

3 按下VOLUME M 按鈕，調節音量。

4 要關閉電視機時，請按下主電源按鈕，

4 按下MENU M 或VOLUME M，進

行所需的操作。

關閉電視機的主電源。

詳細說明，請參照各功能的說明。

若要將電視模式轉換為視頻模式：

• 如果電視機帶有TV/VIDEO按鈕，請按下

該按鈕。請參照第6頁。

5 按下VOLUME M 關閉菜單的顯示。

• 如果電視機沒有TV/VIDEO按鈕，請用

“菜单 1”中的輸入功能選擇視頻模式。

若要關閉子菜單的顯示：

1 按下MENU y，選擇“退出”。

B/G

1 VL

DISPLAY

2 按下VOLUME m，關閉顯示。

故障排除

如果無圖像顯示或電視機工作不正常，請檢查問題是否是由下列所示的原因引起的。

如果即使采用了下列方法還是解決不了問題時，請與維修人員聯絡。

不能打開電視機

圖像不正常

• 按下電視機上的主電源按鈕。

• 按下 COLOUR SYSTEM 按鈕，選擇其他彩色

制式。（參照第7頁。）

• 調節圖像設定值。（參照第13頁。）

• DVD播放機等組合信號輸出裝置的連接是

否正確？（參照第4頁。）

• 將電源線連接於交流電源插座。

屏幕變為藍色

• 視頻-2設定設定值是否正確？（參照第13

頁。）

• 藍背景功能是否為開？（參照第12頁。）

• 如果噪音（雪花）遮住了整個圖像時，請檢查

下列各點。

遙控器不起作用

- 電視機和天線的連接是否正確？

- 天線電纜是否損壞？

• 更換新電池。（參照第2頁。）

- 是否天線指向右方？

- 天線是否壞了？

電視機前面的按鈕不起作用

• 關閉童鎖功能。（參照第12頁。）

• 如果電視機或天線受其他裝置的干擾，會在圖

像上出現條紋或噪音。請使造成干擾的裝置遠

離電視機。

電視機不能立刻反應

• 如果電視機或天線受來自大山或建築物的信號

反射的干擾，會出現雙重圖像（重影）。請改

變天線的方向或將其更換為方向性較好的天

線。

• 按下電視機上的主電源按鈕，關閉主電源。再

次按下主電源按鈕，打開電視機。如果電視機

回到正常狀態，則工作正常。

• 當在屏幕上顯示明亮的白色靜止圖像（例如白

色衣服）時，白色部分會看上去呈彩色。當圖

像從屏幕上消失後，該不自然的色彩也會消

失。

電視機突然關閉

• 是否設定了OFF TIMER（關機定時器）功能？

（參照第9頁。）

• 是否自動關機功能為開？（參照第12頁。）

圖像傾斜

＜僅適用於AV-29WH3＞

聲音不正常

• 因地球磁力的影響，圖像可能會傾斜。

此時，請利用畫面糾正功能調節傾斜。（參照

第11頁。）

• 按下SOUND SYSTEM按鈕，選擇其他聲音制

式。（參照第7頁。）

• 調節聲音設定值。（參照第13頁。）

• 在輸出單聲道時如有噪音，請按下

按鈕，選擇“单声道”。（參照第8頁。）

規格

電視RF制式

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

彩色制式

PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3.58 MHz, NTSC 4.43 MHz

接收頻道

VHF低頻道(VL)、VHF高頻道(VH)、UHF頻道(U)

可接收中頻帶、高頻帶和超高頻帶的有線頻道。

外接輸入／輸出

VIDEO-1:

S-VIDEO 輸入, VIDEO 輸入, AUDIO L/R 輸入

VIDEO-2/COMPONENT: VIDEO 輸入, AUDIO L/R 輸入,

COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C^B/CR) 輸入

VIDEO-3:

OUTPUT:

耳機插口:

VIDEO 輸入, AUDIO L/R 輸入

VIDEO 輸出 , AUDIO L/R 輸出

立體聲微型插口（直徑3.5毫米）

聲音多重制式

A2 或 NICAM (B/G, I, DK)

設計和規格如有變更，恕不預先通告。

廣播制式

制式

地區

國家或地區

彩色

聲音

巴林、科威特、阿曼、卡塔爾、

阿拉伯聯合酋長國、也門等

印度尼西亞、馬來西亞、新加坡、泰國、

印度等

PAL

B/G

中國、越南等

PAL

D/K

亞洲

中東

香港等

伊朗回教共和國、黎巴嫩、沙特阿拉伯等

菲律賓、臺灣、緬甸等

俄羅斯等

SECAM

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

B/G

D/K

B/G

捷克共和國、波蘭等

德國、荷蘭、比利時等

英國等

歐洲

澳洲

非洲

澳大利亞、新西蘭等

南非共和國等

PAL

SECAM

B/G

尼日利亞等

埃及、摩洛哥等

Safety precautions

WARNING

• To prevent fire or shock hazard, do not expose the TV to rain or moisture.

CAUTION

•Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

•Avoid damaging the power cord and mains plug. When you unplug the TV, pull it out by

the mains plug. Do not pull on the power cord.

•Never block or cover the cabinet openings for

ventilation. Never install the TV where good

15 cm

ventilation is unattainable. When installing

this TV, leave spaces for ventilation around

the TV more than the minimum distances

shown in the diagram.

•Do not allow objects or liquid into the

cabinet openings.

10 cm

15 cm

•In the event of a fault, unplug the TV and call a service technician. Do not attempt to

repair it by yourself or remove the rear cover.

•The surface of the TV screen is easily damaged. Be very careful with it when handling

the TV. Should the TV screen become soiled, wipe it with a soft dry cloth. Never rub it

forcefully. Never use any cleaner or detergent on it.

•When you don’t use this TV for a long period of time, be sure to unplug it.

WARNING

<AV-2178TEE only>

•A removable plastic cover is fixed to the television’s front Audio/Video connector. To

prevent this cover from being accidentally swallowed by babies or children, remove it

from the television and store it in a safe place. If the cover is swallowed seek the advice

of a doctor immediately.

Preparation

1 Confirm which remote control you have

Your TV comes with one of the two remote controls shown below. Functions you can

operate differ depending on the type of remote control.

<AV-2178TEE/AV-2555TEE/

AV-2568TEE/AV-2978TEE>

<AV-2168TEE/AV-2968TEE>

POWER

MUTING

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

COLOUR SOUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

TV/TEXT

TV/VIDEO

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

CHANNEL

VOLUME

TEXT

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

RM-C1013

RM-C1023

2 Insert the batteries into the remote control

Correctly insert two batteries, observing the ,

and . polarities and inserting the . end first.

CAUTION:

Follow the cautions printed on the batteries.

Notes:

• Use AA/R6/UM-3 dry cell batteries.

• If the remote control does not work properly, fit new

batteries.

The supplied batteries are for testing, not regular use.

Preparation

3 Connecting the aerial and VCR

• Read the manuals provided with the devices. Depending on the device, the connection method

may be different from the diagrams. Also the device settings may need to change depending on

the connection method.

• Turn off all the devices including the TV.

• Connecting cables are not supplied.

• When connecting monaural audio to the TV, use the L/MONO jack.

• If you connect the VCR to the TV only with an aerial cable, you should preset the video channel

from the VCR to the AV channel (channel number 0) on this TV. See “MANUAL CH PRESET” on

page 18 and preset it manually.

Connecting the aerial

VHF/UHF outdoor aerial

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

^/V

^/MONO

Connecting the aerial and VCR

VHF/UHF outdoor aerial

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

^/V

^/MONO

To video

output

To audio

output

To RF

output

VCR

To aerial input

Preparation

4 Connecting other devices

If you are not connecting any other devices, skip step 4 and perform step 5.

• Use the headphones with a stereo mini jack (3.5 mm in diameter). When you connect the

headphones, the TV speakers go off.

• The OUTPUT terminal outputs the video and sound signals which you are viewing on the TV.

You can dub them onto the VCR connected to the OUTPUT terminal.

(The OUTPUT terminal cannot output teletext programmes or component video signals. Also it

cannot output any signals when the TV is turned off.)

• Connect components outputting a component signal (Y/CB/CR signal), such as a DVD player, to

the VIDEO-2 terminal, and set VIDEO-2 SET function to “COMPONENT”. (See page 16.)

• The following illustrations are for the AV-2968TEE. Your TV’s front and rear pannels may not

look exactly like the illustrations.

Front

Camcorder or TV game

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

Headphones

Rear

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

VCR (for playing)

DVD player

(composite signals)

^/V

^/MONO

VCR (for recording)

DVD player

(component video signals)

5 Connect the power cord to the AC outlet

Operate only from the power source indicated on the rear of the TV.

Preparation

6 Initial setting

When the TV is first turned on, it enters the initial setting mode, and the JVC logo is

displayed. Follow the instructions on the on-screen display to perform the initial

settings.

1 Press the Main power button

on the TV.

The POWER lamp lights. After the

JVC logo has been displayed, the

TV automatically switches to the

language setting mode.

POWER lamp Main power button

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

button

MENU t

buttons

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

buttons

TV/TEXT

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

TV/VIDEO

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

• The JVC logo does not appear if your

TV has been turned on once before. In

this case, use the LANGUAGE and AUTO

CH PRESET functions to perform the

initial settings. For details, see pages 17

and 19.

2 Press the MENU

buttons to select language.

3 Press the MENU T buttons to select “AUTO CH PRESET”.

4 Press the MENU

buttons to start the AUTO CH PRESET function.

“>>>ON SEARCH” is displayed on the screen.

When all the TV channels that can be received on your TV have been preset, the

display goes out and the AUTO CH PRESET function operation is completed.

To stop the AUTO CH PRESET function, press the MENU

buttons.

• If a TV channel you want to view is not set to the channel, set it with the MANUAL CH PRESET

function. For details, see page 18.

This completes initial setting.

Now you’re ready to enjoy your JVC TV.

Basic operation

• The illustration below is for the remote

control RM-C1013. Depending on the

applicable models, the remote controls may

not look exactly the same.

1 Press the POWER button to turn

your TV on.

• If your TV does not turn on, press the Main

power button on the TV then press the

POWER button again.

• You can also turn on your TV by pressing

any of the following buttons;

- the CHANNEL m button

- the Number buttons

POWER

MUTING

SYSTEM

CINEMA

- the TV/VIDEO button

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

2 Select a channel.

SENSOR

DISPLAY

■ Press the CHANNEL m button.

• Up/down selection cannot be selected for

channels to which the SKIP has been set

to “YES”. See page 19.

TV/TEXT

■ Press the Number buttons to enter

TV/VIDEO

the channel number.

OFF

TIMER

• If you want to enter a two-digit number,

press the -/-- button to select the two digit

mode “--”, then enter the channel num-

ber.

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

3 Press the VOLUME M button to

CHANNEL

VOLUME

adjust the sound.

TEXT

4 To turn your TV off, press the

POWER button.

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

• We recommend that you press the Main

power button on the TV to turn the main

power off if you do not plan to use your TV

for a long time or if you wish to save energy.

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

RM-C1013

If the picture is not clear:

Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to

select another colour system, see page 8.

If the sound is not clear:

Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select

another sound system, see page 8.

Viewing Images from an External

Device:

Press the TV/VIDEO button to select the

VIDEO mode.

• You can also use the INPUT function to select

the VIDEO mode. For details, refer to page 14.

Remote control buttons and functions

ECO SENSOR button

COLOUR SYSTEM button

You can adjust this TV so that the screen

automatically adjusts to the optimum

contrast according to the brightness of your

room. This function reduces eye strain and

the power consumption of this TV.

If the picture is not clear or no colour

appears, change the current colour system

to another colour system.

Press this button to select the colour

system.

Press this button to select the desired

mode.

SECAM

NTSC3.58

AUTO

PAL

NTSC4.43

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR DISPLAY:

The ECO SENSOR function switches on. In

this mode, the clover mark indicating the

brightness of your room is displayed for

several seconds each time the brightness

changes. The number of clover marks

displayed on screen increases as your room

becomes darker.

AUTO:

Automatic colour system selection.

• For the colour systems in each country or

region, see the table “Broadcasting systems” on

page 24.

• If the picture is not normal in the AUTO mode,

change the AUTO mode to another colour

system.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR ON:

The ECO SENSOR function switches on.

However, in this mode, the clover mark will

not be displayed.

SOUND SYSTEM button

If the sound is not clear even when the

picture appears normal, change the

current sound system to another sound

system.

DIGITAL ECO SENSOR OFF:

The ECO SENSOR function switches off.

Press this button to select the sound

system.

PICTURE MODE button

You can select one of three picture

adjustment settings as you like.

B/G

D/K

Press this button to select a mode.

• For the sound systems in each country or

region, see the table “Broadcasting systems” on

page 24.

BRIGHT:

Heightens contrast and sharpness.

• You cannot select any sound system when in a

VIDEO mode.

STANDARD:

Standardizes picture adjustments.

SOFT:

Softens contrast and sharpness.

• Pressing this button returns all the picture

settings in “MENU 4” to their default settings.

Remote control buttons and functions

CINEMA SURROUND button

MUTING button

< AV2168TEE / AV2968TEE not included >

You can turn the sound off instantly.

Press this button.

You can enjoy an enhanced sound for a

wider audience by using CINEMA

SURROUND function.

To turn the sound on, press this button

again.

Press this button to select one of the

CINEMA SURROUND mode.

DISPLAY button

You can continuously display the current

channel number or VIDEO mode on the

screen.

HIGH/LOW:

When you listen to the stereo sound,

please select HIGH mode or LOW mode.

You can enjoy the sound for a wider

audience similar to the experience at the

theatre.

Press this button.

To turn the display off, press this button

again.

• In case that you setting up the CINEMA

SURROUND function to HIGH mode, there may

be slight volume distortion. In case that occurs,

please switch the HIGH mode to LOW mode,

the effect of CINEMA SURROUND functions will

be less noticeable, however, the volume distor-

tion will be corrected.

• When selecting a VIDEO mode with no signal,

indication of the VIDEO mode becomes fixed

on the screen.

OFF TIMER button

You can set the TV to automatically turn off

after a set time.

MONO SURROUND:

Select the MONO SURROUND mode,

when you listen to the mono sound. You

can enjoy the sound for a wider audience

similar to stereo sound.

Press this button to select the period of

time.

• You can set the period of time to a maximum of

120 minutes in 10 minute increments.

OFF:

• 1 minute before the OFF TIMER function turns

off the TV, “GOOD NIGHT!” appears.

The CINEMA SURROUND function

switches off.

To display the remaining time, press this

button once.

To cancel the OFF TIMER function, press

this button to set the period of time to 0.

• The OFF TIMER function will not turn off the

TV’s main power.

Remote control buttons and functions

RETURN + button

CHANNEL SCAN button

You can set a channel you frequently view

to the Return Channel and you can view

that channel at any time with one-touch.

You can quickly view all TV channels

programmes that you can view on your TV,

and search for the programme you want to

view.

To set the channel to the Return

Channel:

1 Press this button to start scanning

TV channels.

1 Select the channel you want to set

to the Return Channel.

The TV channel programmes are each

displayed for several seconds.

• The programmes of TV channels for which

the SKIP function is set to “YES” are not

displayed.

2 Press this button and hold until the

message “RETURN PLUS

PROGRAMMED!” appears.

2 When you find the programme you

want to view, press this button

again to stop scanning.

• When you turn off the TV, the Return

Channel setting is cancelled.

To view the Return Channel:

Press this button.

• You can view two channels (current channel

and Return Channel) alternately by pressing this

button.

To cancel the Return Channel setting:

Press this button and hold until the

message “RETURN PLUS CANCELLED!”

appears.

If no channel is set to the Return

Channel:

You can view the channel selected right

before the current channel by pressing

this button.

Viewing teletext programmes

Using the List Mode

You can store the numbers of your favourite

TV/TEXT

TV/VIDEO

teletext pages in the List mode and call them

up quickly using the coloured buttons.

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

To store the page numbers:

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

1 Press the MODE button to engage

the List mode.

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

The stored page numbers are displayed

at the bottom of the screen.

Coloured

buttons

TEXT

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

2 Press a coloured button to select a

position. Then press the Number

buttons to enter the page number.

REVEAL

HOLD

SIZE

INDEX

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

SUBPAGE

STORE

CANCEL

MODE

RM-C1013

3 Press and hold down the STORE

button.

The four page numbers blink white to

indicate that they are stored in memory.

■ Basic operation

1 Select a TV channel with a teletext

programme.

To call up a stored page:

1 Press the MODE button to engage

the List mode.

2 Press the TV/TEXT button to change

the TV mode to the teletext mode.

2 Press a coloured button to which a

page has been assigned.

The mode cycles as follows.

TV mode

TEXT mode (TEXT only)

To exit the List mode, press the MODE

button again.

MIX mode (TV and TEXT)

3 Select a teletext page by pressing

the CHANNEL M button,

Number buttons or coloured but-

tons.

To return to the TV mode, press the TV/

VIDEO button or the TV/TEXT button.

• If you have trouble receiving teletext

broadcasts, consult your local dealer or the

teletext station.

• If characters on a teletext programmes do not

appear properly, change the TEXT

LANGUAGE setting. For details, see “TEXT

LANGUAGE” on page 19.

Viewing teletext programmes

REVEAL

INDEX

Some teletext pages include hidden text

(such as answers to a quiz).

You can display the hidden text.

You can return to the index page instantly.

Press the INDEX button.

In the List mode:

Returns to the page number displayed in

the lower left area of the screen.

Each time you press the REVEAL button,

text is hidden or revealed.

HOLD

SUBPAGE

You can hold a teletext page on the screen

for as long as you want, even while several

other teletext pages are being received.

Some teletext pages include sub-pages that

are automatically displayed.

You can hold any sub-page, or view it at

any time.

Press the HOLD button.

To cancel the HOLD function, press the

HOLD button again.

1 Press the SUBPAGE button to

operate the Sub-page function.

CANCEL

You can watch a TV programme even when

in the teletext mode.

2 Press the Number buttons to enter a

sub-page number.

Example:

3rd sub-page

• You can also select a sub-page by pressing

the red or green button.

1 Press the Number button to enter a

page number, or press a coloured

button.

press 0, 0, 0 and 3.

➞

The TV starts searching for a teletext

page.

To cancel the Sub-page function, press the

SUBPAGE button again.

2 Press the CANCEL button.

The TV programme appears.

SIZE

When the TV finds the teletext page, its

page number appears in the upper left of

the screen.

You can double the height of the teletext

display.

Press the SIZE button.

3 Press the CANCEL button to view

the teletext page.

The teletext display changes cyclically.

• Pressing the CANCEL button cannot change

the teletext mode to the TV mode.

Using the TV’s menus

This TV has a number of functions you can operate using the menus. To use all your TV’s

functions fully, you need to understand how to use the menus.

4 Press the MENU

buttons to

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

change function settings.

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

button

Example:

Changes the AUTO

SHUTOFF setting.

MENU t

buttons

TV/TEXT

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

TV/VIDEO

OFF

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

⇔

SELECT BY

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

OPERATE BY -+

• With some functions, the operation method

may differ.

■ Basic operation

1 Press the MENU T buttons.

One of the 5 menus is displayed.

5 Press the DISPLAY button to turn

the display off.

MENU number

•To operate a menu using the buttons on

the front panel of the TV, refer to

“Operating menus” on page 22.

INPUT

VNR

The icon

on the

left indicates the

currently selected

function.

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Repeatedly press the MENU T

buttons to display a desired

menu.

• If you hold down the y button, the next

menu is displayed.

• If the selected function is on the first line,

pressing the r button displays the preced-

ing menu.

3 Repeatedly press the MENU T

buttons to select a desired

function.

Using the TV’s menus

INPUT

VNR

You can view images from VCRs or other

devices connected to your TV.

You can reduce picture noise.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“VNR”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“INPUT”.

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Press MENU

VIDEO mode.

to select the

To cancel the VNR function, select “OFF”.

TV mode changes to VIDEO mode.

COMPRESS (16:9)

This function converts a normal picture (4:3

aspect ratio) into a wide picture (16:9 aspect

ratio).

PICTURE TILT

< AV-2968TEE and AV-2978TEE only >

Use for pictures with a 16:9 aspect ratio that

have been squeezed into a normal picture

(4:3 aspect ratio), to restore their original

dimensions.

There are cases where the Earth’s magnetic

force may make the picture tilt. If this

happens, you can correct the picture tilt.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“COMPRESS (16:9)”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 1” menu, then select

“PICTURE TILT”.

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

INPUT

VNR

COMPRESS(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Continue pressing MENU

the picture becomes level.

until

To cancel the COMPRESS (16:9) function,

select “OFF”.

Using the TV’s menus

AUTO SHUTOFF

BLUE BACK

You can set your TV to turn off if no signals

are received for about 15 minutes or longer

after the end of a broadcast.

You can mute the sound and change the

picture into a blue screen while no signals

are received by the TV, or when the signals

are unstable.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “AUTO

SHUTOFF”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “BLUE

BACK”.

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the AUTO SHUTOFF function,

select “OFF”.

To cancel the BLUE BACK function, select

“OFF”.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF function does not turn

off the TV’s main power.

• To view a broadcast even when the recep-

tion signal is poor, set the BLUE BACK func-

tion to “OFF”.

• The AUTO SHUTOFF will not work for a

VIDEO mode.

• Even when the BLUE BACK function is set

to “OFF”, the sound may not be audible.

CHILD LOCK

You can disable the front control buttons of

the TV.

When this function is set to “ON”, the TV

can be operated using only the remote

control.

Use this function to prevent children from

operating the TV without parental consent.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select “CHILD

LOCK”.

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

To cancel the CHILD LOCK function,

select “OFF”.

• The CHILD LOCK function is canceled when

you turn the power off.

Using the TV’s menus

VIDEO-2 SET

Picture Adjustments

Set the VIDEO-2 SET correctly according to

the video signal input from the external

device connected to the VIDEO-2 terminal.

If this setting is incorrect, images will not

be displayed.

You can adjust the picture as you like.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 4” menu.

TINT

COLOUR

BRIGHT

CONT.

SHARP

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 2” menu, then select

“VIDEO-2 SET”.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

AUTO SHUTOFF

CHILD LOCK

BLUE BACK

2 Press MENU T to select an item

VIDEO-2 SET COMPONENT

and press MENU

to adjust it.

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

TINT*

- : Reddish

- : Lighter

- : Darker

- : Lower

- : Softer

+ : Greenish

+ : Deeper

+ : Brighter

+ : Higher

+ : Sharper

COLOUR

BRIGHT

CONT.

2 Set the VIDEO-2 SET according to

the video signal input from the

VIDEO-2 terminal.

SHARP

*TINT (tint) is displayed only when viewing

images from NTSC3.58 or NTSC4.43 colour

systems.

If a normal video signal (composite

video signal) is input:

Press the MENU

buttons to select

“VIDEO”.

Sound Adjustments

You can adjust the sound as you like.

If a component video signal (Y/C^B/CR

signals) is input:

1 Press MENU T to display the

Press the MENU

“COMPONENT”.

buttons to select

“MENU 5” menu.

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU T to select an item

and press MENU

to adjust it.

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

- : Weaker

- : Left

+ : Stronger

+ : Right

Using the TV’s menus

AI VOLUME

AUTO CH PRESET

You can prevent the sudden increase or

decrease of volume that occurs when

changing channels or switching VIDEO

modes.

You can automatically preset all TV channels

that can be received by your TV to channels.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select “AUTO

CH PRESET”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 5” menu, then select

“AI VOLUME”.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

ENGLISH

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AI VOLUME

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

to start the AUTO

CH PRESET function.

2 Press MENU

to select “ON”.

“>>>ON SEARCH” is displayed on the

To cancel the AI VOLUME function, select

screen.

“OFF”.

When all the TV channels that can be

received on your TV have been preset,

the display goes out and the AUTO CH

PRESET function operation is completed.

• The AI VOLUME function may not operate as

expected if the sound input level from a broad-

cast station (or video software) is extremely low.

• The AI VOLUME function for TV mode and

VIDEO mode can be set separately. For example,

you can set it to be off in TV mode and on in

VIDEO mode. If you set the AI VOLUME func-

tion while viewing a TV channel, the setting is

registered as the setting for TV mode. If you set

the AI VOLUME function while viewing images

from a VIDEO terminal, the setting is registered

as the setting for VIDEO mode.

To stop the AUTO CH PRESET:

Press the MENU

button.

• The AUTO CH PRESET function does not preset

a TV channel to the AV channel (channel num-

ber 0).

• If the TV cannot preset the TV channel you want

to view, preset it manually. For details, see

“MANUAL CH PRESET” on page 18.

Using the TV’s menus

MANUAL CH PRESET

You can manually preset desired TV

channels to desired channels.

If the picture is not clear:

Fine-tune the TV channel.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“MANUAL CH PRESET”.

Press MENU t to select “FINE”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

FINE

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

ENGLISH

BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

Hold VOLUME m down to fine-tune

the TV channel so that the best image

is displayed on screen.

2 Press MENU

“>” or “<” indicates that the TV is fine-

tuning the TV channel.

The sub-menu is displayed.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

If the sound is not clear:

B/G

Press MENU t to select “SOUND

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

SYSTEM”.

SEARCH BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

MANUAL

FINE

• The channel number is displayed as a PR

number. For example, channel 1 will be dis-

played as PR 1. However, the AV channel

will be displayed as AV.

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

CHANGE BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

3 Press MENU

channel number.

to select the

Press VOLUME m to select the

appropriate sound system.

4 Press VOLUME M to start search-

•For the sound systems in each country

or region, refer to the table “Broadcasting

systems” on page 24.

ing for the TV channel.

“>>>” or “<<<” is displayed on the

screen.

When the TV finds a TV channel, the

“>>>” or “<<<” display goes out, and

the TV channel is preset to the currently

selected channel number.

• If the TV channel you want to preset is not

displayed, repeat step 4 until the TV finds

the TV channel you want to preset.

5 Press MENU T to select

“MANUAL”.

6 Repeat steps 3 to 5 if you want to

preset another TV channel to a

channel.

• To stop the MANUAL CH PRESET function,

press any button other than the VOLUME

m button.

Using the TV’s menus

SKIP

2 Press MENU

language.

to select

You can set undesired channels to be

skipped. Channels set to be skipped cannot

be selected by the CHANNEL m buttons

nor the CHANNEL SCAN button.

The on-screen display indications are in

the selected language.

• Channels to which TV channels have not been

preset are automatically set to be skipped.

TEXT LANGUAGE

You can select one of 5 teletext language

groups. Set the teletext language group that

corresponds to the language of the teletext

programme that you want to watch.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“MANUAL CH PRESET”.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“TEXT LANGUAGE”.

2 Press MENU

The sub-menu is displayed.

3 Press MENU T to select “SKIP”.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

MANUAL

FINE

ENGLISH

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

YES/NO BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

2 Press MENU

Group

to select a group.

4 Press MENU

to select the

channel you want to skip.

languages

Group 1 English, German, Swedish / Finnish /

Danish / Hungarian, Italian, French,

Spanish / Portuguese, Turkish

5 Press VOLUME M to select “YES”.

The channel is set to be skipped.

To cancel the SKIP function, select “NO”.

Group 2 Polish, German, Estonian,

Slovenian, Czech / Slovakian,

Rumanian

6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 if you want to

set another channel to skip.

Group 3 Polish, German, Estonian, Lettish,

Russian, Ukrainian

LANGUAGE

You can select the language for the on-screen

display.

Group 4 English, French, Turkish, Arabic

Group 5 English, French, Turkish, Farsi

• This TV is WST Level 1.0 compatible.

Depending on the broadcast, the language set

may not display properly.

1 Press MENU T to display the

“MENU 3” menu, then select

“LANGUAGE”.

AUTO CH PRESET

MANUAL CH PRESET

LANGUAGE

ENGLISH

TEXT LANGUAGE GROUP1

SELECT BY

OPERATE BY -+

EXIT BY

DISPLAY

TV buttons and parts

Front

<AV-2978TEE>

3 4

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-2968TEE>

3 4

8 7

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-2555TEE>

L/MONO

CHANNEL

VOLUME

POWER STANDBY

(VIDEO-3)

EXIT

<AV-2178TEE>

POWER

CHANNEL

VOLUME

EXIT

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

TV buttons and parts

<AV-2168TEE/AV-2568TEE>

1 Headphone jack

2 VIDEO-3 terminal

3 MENU button

4 CHANNEL m buttons

5 VOLUME m buttons

6 TV/VIDEO button

7 ECO sensor

8 Remote control sensor

9 POWER lamp

0 STANDBY lamp

- Main power button

AV-2555TEE only:

When the Main power is on, the

STANDBY lamp light is green.

When press the POWER button on

the remote control to turn the power

on, the POWER lamp lights red.

Rear

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

^/V

^/MONO

1 VIDEO-1 INPUT terminal

2 COMPONENT (VIDEO-2)

INPUT terminal

3 OUTPUT terminal

4 Aerial socket

Using the buttons on the TV

Basic operation

Operating menus

• Check to make sure the CHILD LOCK function

is set to “OFF”. When the CHILD LOCK function

is set to “ON”, the TV cannot be operated using

the front control buttons. For details, see “CHILD

LOCK” on page 15.

You can operate functions in menus using

the front control buttons on the TV.

1 Press MENU y to display a menu.

2 Press MENU y repeatedly to display

1 Press CHANNEL M to turn the TV

the menu you want to use.

on from standby mode.

3 Press MENU y to select the desired

2 Press CHANNEL M to select a

function or item.

channel.

4 Press MENU M or VOLUME M to

3 Press VOLUME M to adjust the

carry out the desired operation.

volume.

For details, see the description for each

function.

4 To turn your TV off, press the Main

power button to turn off the TV’s

main power.

5 Press VOLUME M to turn the menu

display off.

To change the TV mode to the VIDEO

mode:

To turn the sub-menu display off:

• Press the TV/VIDEO button if the TV has one.

See page 7.

• If the TV has no TV/VIDEO button, select the

VIDEO mode with the INPUT function in

“MENU 1”.

Press MENU y to select “EXIT”.

MANUAL

FINE

SKIP

SOUND SYSTEM

EXIT

B/G

SELECT BY

PROGRAM BY -+

EXIT

PR 1 VL

EXIT BY

BY VOL-+ DISPLAY

Press VOLUME m to turn the display

off.

Troubleshooting

If there is no picture or the TV does not operate normally, make sure the problem isn’t due to

the reasons indicated below.

If the problem persists even after taking the measures indicated, please contact a service

technician.

Cannot turn the TV on

Poor picture

• Press the Main power button on the TV.

• Connect the power cord to the AC outlet.

• Press the COLOUR SYSTEM button to select

another colour system. (see page 8.)

• Adjust the picture settings. (see page 16.)

• Is a component signal output device, such as a

DVD player, connected correctly? (see page 5.)

The screen turns blue

• Is the BLUE BACK function on? (see page 15.)

• Is the VIDEO-2 SET function setting correct? (see

page 16.)

• If noise (snow) totally blocks out the picture,

check the following.

Remote control inoperable

• Replace the batteries. (see page 3.)

- Have the TV and aerial been connected properly?

- Has the aerial cable been damaged?

- Is the aerial pointing in the right direction?

- Is the aerial itself faulty?

Buttons on front of the TV do not work

• Switch the CHILD LOCK function off. (see page

15.)

• If the TV or aerial suffer interference from other

equipment, stripes or noise may appear in the

picture. Move any equipment which can cause

interference away from the TV.

TV does not respond immediately

• If the TV or aerial suffer interference from

signals reflecting from mountains or buildings,

double-pictures (ghosting) will occur. Change

the aerial’s direction or replace it with an aerial

with better directionality.

• Press the main power button on the TV to turn

off the main power. Press the main power but-

ton again to turn on the TV. If the TV returns to

a normal state, operation is normal.

• When a white and bright still image (such as a

white dress) is displayed on the screen, the

white part may look as if it is coloured. When

the image disappears from the screen, the

unnatural colours will also disappear.

The TV turns off suddenly

• Is the OFF TIMER function set to operate? (see

page 9.)

• Is the AUTO SHUTOFF function on? (see page

15.)

The picture is tilted

< AV-2968TEE and AV-2978TEE only >

Poor sound

• A picture may be tilted due to the influence of

the earth’s magnetism. In this case, use the

PICTURE TILT function to adjust the tilt. (see

page 14.)

• Press the SOUND SYSTEM button to select

another sound system. (see page 8.)

• Adjust the sound settings. (see page 16.)

Specifications

TV RF systems

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

Colour systems

PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3.58 MHz, NTSC 4.43 MHz

Receiving channels

VHF low channel (VL), VHF high channel (VH), UHF channel (U)

Receives cable channels in mid band, super band and hyper band.

External input / output

VIDEO-1:

VIDEO-2/COMPONENT:

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input,

COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C^B/CR) input

VIDEO input, AUDIO L/R input

VIDEO output , AUDIO L/R output

stereo mini jack (3.5 mm diameter)

VIDEO-3:

OUTPUT:

Headphone jack:

Teletext system

FLOF (Fastext), WST (World Standard Text)

Language displayed by teletext

Please see the table in the description “TEXT LANGUAGE” on page 19.

Design and specifications subject to change without notice.

Broadcasting systems

System

Colour

Area

Country or Region

Sound

Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Qatar,

United Arab Emirates, Yemen, etc.

Indonesia, Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand,

India, etc.

PAL

B/G

Asia,

Middle

East

China, Vietnam, etc.

PAL

D/K

Hong Kong, etc.

Islamic Republic of Iran, Lebanon, Saudi Arabia, etc.

Philippines, Taiwan, Myanmar, etc.

Russia, etc.

SECAM

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

B/G

D/K

B/G

Czech Republic, Poland, etc.

Germany, Holland, Belgium, etc.

UK, etc.

Europe

PAL

Oceania Australia, New Zealand, etc.

Republic of South Africa, etc.

PAL

B/G

PAL

Africa

Nigeria, etc.

PAL

B/G

Egypt, Morocco, etc.

SECAM

ꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏꢐꢑꢒꢓꢎ

ꢔꢏꢑꢕꢓꢖꢑ ꢗꢎꢘꢌꢙꢑꢚꢒꢌꢚꢛꢓ

ꢔꢌꢍꢜꢌꢛꢌꢕꢝꢑ

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ ꢃꢂꢇꢂꢁꢈꢉꢅꢊ

1 ꢝꢆꢇꢎꢓꢑꢈꢇꢉꢎꢑ ꢎꢉꢐ ꢐꢘꢃꢚꢎꢄ ꢇꢉꢌꢎꢄꢔꢒꢉꢆꢔꢔꢆꢅꢆ

..................

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢀꢈ ꢉꢊ

ꢋꢆꢂꢉꢌꢅꢍꢃꢍꢇꢀꢀ

ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄꢈꢉꢊ ꢋꢄꢌ ꢍꢄ ꢎꢆ, ꢏꢎꢆ ꢋꢁ

ꢐꢈꢉꢆꢂꢈꢑꢃꢉ ꢒꢓꢑꢎꢔꢆꢕ ꢎꢑꢃꢑꢓꢉꢍꢆꢈ JVC.

ꢖꢃꢗ ꢐꢆꢃꢔꢆꢕ ꢘꢓꢑꢈꢑꢔꢔꢆꢌꢎꢉ ꢓ ꢎꢆꢊ, ꢏꢎꢆ

ꢋꢁ ꢍꢔꢄꢑꢎꢑ, ꢙꢄꢙ ꢐꢆꢃꢚꢍꢆꢓꢄꢎꢚꢌꢗ

ꢋꢄꢛꢉꢊ ꢔꢆꢓꢁꢊ ꢎꢑꢃꢑꢓꢉꢍꢆꢈꢆꢊ, ꢊꢁ

ꢐꢈꢆꢌꢉꢊ ꢋꢄꢌ ꢌꢔꢄꢏꢄꢃꢄ ꢓꢔꢉꢊꢄꢎꢑꢃꢚꢔꢆ

ꢐꢈꢆꢏꢉꢎꢄꢎꢚ ꢇꢄꢔꢔꢆꢑ ꢈꢘꢙꢆꢓꢆꢇꢌꢎꢓꢆ ꢐꢆ

ꢉꢌꢐꢆꢃꢚꢍꢆꢓꢄꢔꢉꢜ.

ꢘꢐꢈꢄꢓꢃꢑꢔꢉꢗ, ꢙꢆꢎꢆꢈꢚıꢕ ꢘ ꢓꢄꢌ ꢉꢊꢑꢑꢎꢌꢗ

2 ꢋꢌꢎꢄꢓꢙꢄ ꢂꢄꢎꢄꢈꢑꢑꢙ ꢓ ꢐꢘꢃꢚꢎ ꢇꢉꢌꢎꢄꢔꢒꢉꢆꢔꢔꢆꢅꢆ

...........................................................

ꢘꢐꢈꢄꢓꢃꢑꢔꢉꢗ

3 ꢝꢆꢇꢌꢆꢑꢇꢉꢔꢑꢔꢉꢑ ꢄꢔꢎꢑꢔꢔꢁ ꢉ ꢋꢀ

4 ꢝꢆꢇꢌꢆꢑꢇꢉꢔꢑꢔꢉꢑ ꢇꢈꢘꢅꢉꢞ ꢐꢈꢉꢂꢆꢈꢆꢓ

...........................

.......................

5 ꢝꢆꢇꢌꢆꢑꢇꢉꢔꢑꢔꢉꢑ ꢐꢈꢆꢓꢆꢇꢄ !ꢃꢑꢙꢎꢈꢆꢐꢉꢎꢄꢔꢉꢗ ꢙ

..................................

6 ꢝꢑꢈꢓꢉꢏꢔꢁꢑ ꢐꢄꢈꢄꢊꢑꢎꢈꢁ "ꢆꢈꢊꢄꢎꢄ ꢉ ꢈꢑ#ꢉꢊꢄ

ꢓꢁꢓꢆꢇꢘ ꢐꢑꢈꢑꢊꢑꢔꢔꢆꢅꢆ ꢎꢆꢙꢄ

........................................................

ꢆꢎꢆꢂꢈꢄ#ꢑꢔꢉꢗ

ꢅꢚꢒꢌꢕꢒꢌꢎ ꢌꢙꢎꢏꢑꢛꢓꢕꢒꢌꢎ ꢓꢚꢙꢌꢖꢞꢘꢌꢕꢑꢒꢓꢎ

ꢟꢒꢌꢙꢝꢓ ꢓ ꢠꢡꢒꢝꢢꢓꢓ ꢙꢡꢖꢞꢛꢑ ꢍꢓꢚꢛꢑꢒꢢꢓꢌꢒꢒꢌꢜꢌ

ꢡꢙꢏꢑꢕꢖꢎꢒꢓꢣ

.............................................

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ ECO SENSOR

.........................................

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ PICTURE MODE

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ COLOUR SYSTEM

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ SOUND SYSTEM

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ CINEMA SURROUND

.....................................

........................................

AV-2168TEE

AV-2178TEE

AV-2555TEE

AV-2568TEE

AV-2968TEE

AV-2978TEE

.................................

......................................................

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ MUTING

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ DISPLAY

.................................................

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ OFF TIMER

................................................

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ RETURN +

11, 12

.......................................

$ꢔꢆꢐꢙꢄ CHANNEL SCAN

ꢔꢏꢌꢚꢤꢌꢛꢏ ꢙꢏꢌꢜꢏꢑꢤꢤ ꢛꢎꢖꢎꢛꢎꢝꢚꢛꢑ

ꢈꢚꢙꢌꢖꢞꢘꢌꢕꢑꢒꢓꢎ ꢛꢎꢖꢎꢕꢓꢘꢓꢌꢒꢒꢌꢜꢌ ꢤꢎꢒꢥ

..............

%ꢌꢔꢆꢓꢔꢆꢑ ꢆꢐꢑꢈꢄꢎꢉꢓꢔꢆꢑ ꢉꢌꢐꢆꢃꢚꢍꢆꢓꢄꢔꢉꢑ

......................................................................

ꢋ&%ꢖ

........................................................

PICTURE TILT

............................................................

ꢋ'ꢖ(% )ꢝ

........................................................

*-/:; (16:9)

...........................................

/ꢋ:% ꢋ?$@AB(C'(

................................................

D/ꢀ%$ %: ꢖ(:(E

..........................................................

*'C'E F%C

................................................................

ꢋ'ꢖ(%-2

.....................

ꢋꢄꢈꢉꢄꢔꢎꢁ ꢔꢄꢌꢎꢈꢆꢕꢙꢉ ꢉꢍꢆꢂꢈꢄ#ꢑꢔꢉꢗ

..................................

ꢋꢄꢈꢉꢄꢔꢎꢁ ꢔꢄꢌꢎꢈꢆꢕꢙꢉ ꢍꢓꢘꢙꢄ

..........................................................

/H IJ%ꢋ(C;

...............................................

/ꢋ:% C/*:J%E$/

JIBC/K C/*:J%E$/

..........................................

.......................................................

ꢝJ%ꢝI*:':;

......................................................................

KD?$

.............................................

KD?$ :(@(:($*:/

ꢦꢎꢛꢑꢖꢓ ꢓ ꢝꢒꢌꢙꢝꢓ ꢛꢎꢖꢎꢕꢓꢘꢌꢏꢑ

ꢈꢚꢙꢌꢖꢞꢘꢌꢕꢑꢒꢓꢎ ꢝꢒꢌꢙꢌꢝ ꢁꢑꢧꢎꢜꢌ ꢛꢎꢖꢎꢕꢓꢘꢌꢏꢑ 22

ꢨꢚꢛꢏꢑꢒꢎꢒꢓꢎ ꢒꢎꢓꢚꢙꢏꢑꢕꢒꢌꢚꢛꢎꢩ

ꢋꢙꢎꢢꢓꢠꢓꢝꢑꢢꢓꢓ

LCT1178-001A-H

0702-Ki-NIC-JMT

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢂ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢂꢋꢌꢉꢋꢍꢄ

ꢀꢎꢏꢐꢑꢀꢎꢏꢒꢐꢏꢓꢔꢏ

• ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢁꢇꢖꢉꢍꢃꢁꢂꢗꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢉꢊꢂꢋꢌꢉꢋꢍꢄ ꢃꢉꢈꢘꢉꢁꢂꢌꢄꢕ ꢄꢅꢄ ꢙꢅꢇꢚꢍꢁꢉꢛꢉꢚꢂ

ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢊꢁꢇꢖꢉꢝꢁꢂꢌꢕꢍꢞ ꢉꢍ ꢃꢉꢈꢖꢇ!ꢋꢍꢃꢄꢕ ꢖꢉ"ꢖꢕ ꢄꢅꢄ ꢃꢅꢂꢘꢄ.

ꢀꢎꢏꢐ#$%ꢏꢎꢏꢒꢏꢓꢔꢏ

• ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢋꢐ ꢄꢈꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢃ ꢄꢈꢋꢆꢎꢑꢄꢌ ꢒꢑꢁꢇꢓꢄꢄ, ꢊꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢑꢏ

ꢅꢏꢉꢑꢁꢕ ꢎꢏꢈꢋꢄ ꢁꢓꢆ ꢌꢆꢇꢖꢊꢈꢏ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢅꢘꢁꢓꢏꢋꢐ ꢖꢆꢃꢇꢁꢙꢉꢁꢑꢄꢕ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢆꢓꢆ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢉꢏ ꢄ ꢃꢄꢂꢌꢄ. ꢚꢇꢄ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢆꢋ

ꢈꢁꢋꢄ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄꢕ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢉ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢑꢄꢛꢏꢋꢐ ꢄꢅ ꢈꢁꢋꢄ, ꢉꢁꢇꢙꢏ ꢁꢓꢆ ꢅꢏ ꢃꢄꢂꢌꢊ. ꢜꢔꢋꢝꢓꢄꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢃꢄꢂꢌꢊ ꢄꢅ

ꢇꢆꢅꢁꢋꢌꢄ ꢅꢏ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢉ ꢑꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ.

• ꢞꢄ ꢃ ꢌꢆꢁꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢑꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢘꢂꢆꢌꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢅꢏꢌꢇꢔꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢃꢁꢑꢋꢄꢂꢝ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢆꢋꢃꢁꢇꢈꢋꢄꢝ ꢌꢆꢇꢖꢊꢈꢏ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ.

"ꢈꢋꢏꢑꢏꢃꢂꢄꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢃ ꢖꢆꢛꢁ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ$ ꢈ ꢖꢂꢆ$ꢆꢕ

ꢃꢁꢑꢋꢄꢂꢝ!ꢄꢁꢕ ꢅꢏꢖꢇꢁ#ꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ. ꢚꢇꢄ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢁ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢈꢋꢏꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢈꢃꢆꢘꢆꢉꢑꢔꢁ

15 ꢁꢋ

ꢇꢏꢈꢈꢋꢆꢝꢑꢄꢝ ꢃꢆꢌꢇꢊꢓ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ, ꢑꢁꢆꢘ$ꢆꢉꢄꢛꢔꢁ ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢃꢁꢑꢋꢄꢂꢝ!ꢄꢄ. %ꢋꢄ ꢇꢏꢈꢈꢋꢆꢝꢑꢄꢝ ꢉꢆꢂꢙꢑꢔ ꢘꢔꢋꢐ ꢘꢆꢂꢐ&ꢁ

ꢛꢄꢑꢄꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢔ$, ꢊꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢑꢏ ꢈ$ꢁꢛꢁ.

• ꢞꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢉꢆꢖꢊꢈꢌꢏꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢆꢑꢄꢌꢑꢆꢃꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢆꢇꢆꢑꢑꢄ$

ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢛꢁꢋꢆꢃ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢙꢄꢉꢌꢆꢈꢋꢄ ꢃ ꢆꢋꢃꢁꢇꢈꢋꢄꢝ ꢌꢆꢇꢖꢊꢈꢏ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ.

10 ꢁꢋ

15 ꢁꢋ

• ꢜ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢛꢌꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢆꢋ ꢄꢈꢋꢆꢎꢑꢄꢌꢏ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢒꢑꢁꢇꢓꢄꢄ ꢄ ꢃꢔꢅꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢈꢖꢁ!ꢄꢏ

ꢂꢄꢈꢋꢏ ꢖꢆ ꢇꢁꢛꢆꢑꢋꢊ. ꢚꢔꢋꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢈꢑꢝꢋꢐ ꢅꢏꢉꢑꢍꢍ ꢌꢇꢔ&ꢌꢊ ꢌꢆꢇꢖꢊꢈꢏ ꢄ ꢎꢄꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢃꢆꢄꢛꢄ ꢈꢄꢂꢏꢛꢄ ꢑꢁ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ.

• ꢚꢆꢃꢁꢇ$ꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢂꢁꢓꢌꢆ ꢖꢆꢃꢇꢁꢙꢉꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ. ꢚꢇꢄ ꢆꢘꢇꢏ#ꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢈ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢆꢛ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢖꢆꢛꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢆꢘ ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢄ ꢈꢆꢘꢂꢍꢉꢏꢋꢐ ꢎꢇꢁꢅꢃꢔꢎꢏꢕꢑꢊꢍ ꢆꢈꢋꢆꢇꢆꢙꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢈ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢆꢛ. 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ

ꢅꢏꢓꢇꢝꢅꢑꢄꢂꢈꢝ, ꢁꢓꢆ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢋꢁꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢈꢊ$ꢆꢕ ꢛꢝꢓꢌꢆꢕ ꢋꢇꢝꢖꢆꢎꢌꢆꢕ. ꢞꢄ ꢃ ꢌꢆꢁꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢑꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢋꢁꢇꢁꢋꢐ

ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑ ꢈ ꢈꢄꢂꢆꢕ. ꢚꢇꢄ ꢎꢄꢈꢋꢌꢁ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢏ ꢅꢏꢖꢇꢁ#ꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢏꢌꢄꢁ-ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢎꢄꢈꢋꢝ#ꢄꢁ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢛꢆꢍ#ꢄꢁ

ꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢏ.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢏꢖꢖꢏꢇꢏꢋ ꢑꢁ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ ꢋꢁꢎꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢉꢂꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢖꢁꢇꢄꢆꢉꢏ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ,

ꢁꢓꢆ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢆꢋ ꢄꢈꢋꢆꢎꢑꢄꢌꢏ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢆꢓꢆ ꢋꢆꢌꢏ.

ꢀ ꢁꢂꢂꢃꢄꢅꢃꢁꢃꢄꢆꢆ ꢁ ꢇꢈꢉꢂꢊꢂꢋ ꢌꢂꢁꢁꢆꢍꢁꢉꢂꢍ ꢎꢅꢏꢅꢐꢈꢑꢆꢆ “ꢒ ꢓꢈꢔꢆꢃꢅ ꢕꢐꢈꢄ ꢕꢂꢃꢐꢅꢖꢆꢃꢅꢗꢅꢍ” ꢁꢐꢂꢉ

ꢁꢗꢘꢙꢖꢚ (ꢛꢂꢏꢊꢂꢁꢃꢆ) ꢏꢈꢊꢊꢂꢛꢂ ꢃꢂꢄꢈꢐꢈ “ꢕꢂ ꢆꢁꢃꢅꢜꢅꢊꢆꢆ ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢐꢂꢛꢂ ꢂꢊ ꢋꢂꢙꢅꢃ ꢕꢐꢅꢏꢁꢃꢈꢄꢗꢝꢃꢞ

ꢂꢕꢈꢁꢊꢂꢁꢃꢞ ꢏꢗꢝ ꢙꢆꢓꢊꢆ, ꢓꢏꢂꢐꢂꢄꢞꢝ ꢕꢂꢃꢐꢅꢖꢆꢃꢅꢗꢝ, ꢕꢐꢆꢜꢆꢊꢝꢃꢞ ꢄꢐꢅꢏ ꢅꢛꢂ ꢆꢋꢘꢔꢅꢁꢃꢄꢘ ꢆꢗꢆ

ꢂꢉꢐꢘꢙꢈ!ꢔꢅꢍ ꢁꢐꢅꢏꢅ” ꢁꢂꢁꢃꢈꢄꢗꢝꢅꢃ ꢁꢅꢋꢞ (7) ꢗꢅꢃ ꢁꢂ ꢏꢊꢝ ꢕꢐꢂꢆꢓꢄꢂꢏꢁꢃꢄꢈ. "ꢃꢂꢃ ꢁꢐꢂꢉ ꢝꢄꢗꢝꢅꢃꢁꢝ

ꢄꢐꢅꢋꢅꢊꢅꢋ ꢄ ꢃꢅꢜꢅꢊꢆꢅ ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢐꢂꢛꢂ ꢕꢂꢃꢐꢅꢖꢆꢃꢅꢗꢞ ꢏꢈꢊꢊꢂꢛꢂ ꢃꢂꢄꢈꢐꢈ ꢋꢂꢙꢅꢃ ꢖꢅꢓꢂꢕꢈꢁꢊꢂ ꢆꢋ

ꢕꢂꢗꢞꢓꢂꢄꢈꢃꢞꢁꢝ ꢕꢐꢆ ꢘꢁꢗꢂꢄꢆꢆ ꢁꢂꢖꢗ!ꢏꢅꢊꢆꢝ ꢐꢘꢉꢂꢄꢂꢏꢁꢃꢄꢈ ꢕꢂ #ꢉꢁꢕꢗꢘꢈꢃꢈꢑꢆꢆ ꢏꢈꢊꢊꢂꢛꢂ ꢃꢂꢄꢈꢐꢈ,

ꢕꢐꢂꢄꢂꢏꢝ ꢊꢅꢂꢖ$ꢂꢏꢆꢋꢂꢅ ꢂꢖꢁꢗꢘꢙꢆꢄꢈꢊꢆꢅ, ꢄꢉꢗ!ꢜꢈ!ꢔꢅꢅ ꢓꢈꢋꢅꢊꢘ ꢐꢈꢁ$ꢂꢏꢊꢚ$ ꢋꢈꢃꢅꢐꢆꢈꢗꢂꢄ ꢆ/ꢆꢗꢆ

ꢁꢂꢂꢃꢄꢅꢃꢁꢃꢄꢘ!ꢔꢅꢅ ꢐꢅꢋꢂꢊꢃꢊꢂꢅ ꢂꢖꢅꢁꢕꢅꢜꢅꢊꢆꢅ ꢄ ꢁꢕꢅꢑꢆꢈꢗꢆꢓꢆꢐꢂꢄꢈꢊꢊꢂꢋ ꢁꢅꢐꢄꢆꢁꢊꢂꢋ ꢑꢅꢊꢃꢐꢅ JVC.

%ꢂꢕꢂꢗꢊꢆꢃꢅꢗꢞꢊꢚꢅ ꢉꢂꢁꢋꢅꢃꢆꢜꢅꢁꢉꢆꢅ ꢋꢈꢃꢅꢐꢆꢈꢗꢚ ꢉ ꢏꢈꢊꢊꢂꢋꢘ ꢃꢂꢄꢈꢐꢘ, ꢕꢂꢁꢃꢈꢄꢗꢝꢅꢋꢚꢅ ꢄꢋꢅꢁꢃꢅ ꢁ ꢊꢆꢋ,

ꢋꢂꢛꢘꢃ $ꢐꢈꢊꢆꢃꢞꢁꢝ ꢄ ꢃꢅꢜꢅꢊꢆꢅ ꢏꢄꢘ$ (2) ꢗꢅꢃ ꢁꢂ ꢏꢊꢝ ꢅꢛꢂ ꢕꢐꢂꢆꢓꢄꢂꢏꢁꢃꢄꢈ.

&ꢐꢂꢉ ꢁꢗꢘꢙꢖꢚ (ꢛꢂꢏꢊꢂꢁꢃꢆ), ꢉꢐꢂꢋꢅ ꢁꢐꢂꢉꢈ $ꢐꢈꢊꢅꢊꢆꢝ ꢏꢂꢕꢂꢗꢊꢆꢃꢅꢗꢞꢊꢚ$ ꢉꢂꢁꢋꢅꢃꢆꢜꢅꢁꢉꢆ$

ꢋꢈꢃꢅꢐꢆꢈꢗꢂꢄ, ꢘꢕꢂꢋꢝꢊꢘꢃꢚ$ ꢄ ꢕꢐꢅꢏꢚꢏꢘꢔꢆ$ ꢏꢄꢘ$ ꢕꢘꢊꢉꢃꢈ$, ꢊꢅ ꢓꢈꢃꢐꢈꢛꢆꢄꢈꢅꢃ ꢊꢆꢉꢈꢉꢆ$ ꢏꢐꢘꢛꢆ$

ꢕꢐꢈꢄ ꢕꢂꢃꢐꢅꢖꢆꢃꢅꢗꢝ, ꢄ ꢜꢈꢁꢃꢊꢂꢁꢃꢆ ꢛꢈꢐꢈꢊꢃꢆꢍꢊꢂꢛꢂ ꢁꢄꢆꢏꢅꢃꢅꢗꢞꢁꢃꢄꢈ JVC, ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢐꢂꢅ ꢂꢊ ꢋꢂꢙꢅꢃ

ꢕꢂꢗꢘꢜꢆꢃꢞ ꢄ ꢁꢂꢂꢃꢄꢅꢃꢁꢃꢄꢆꢆ ꢁ ꢓꢈꢉꢂꢊꢂꢋ ꢂ ꢕꢐꢈꢄꢈ$ ꢕꢂꢃꢐꢅꢖꢆꢃꢅꢗꢝ ꢆꢗꢆ ꢏꢐꢘꢛꢆ$ ꢓꢈꢉꢂꢊꢂꢄ, ꢁꢄꢝꢓꢈꢊꢊꢚ$ ꢁ

ꢊꢆꢋ.

ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ

< ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ ꢅꢂꢆ AV-2178TEE >

• ꢗꢐ(ꢛꢑꢏꢝ ꢖꢂꢏꢈꢋꢛꢏꢈꢈꢆꢃꢏꢝ ꢌꢇꢔ&ꢌꢏ ꢖꢇꢄꢌꢇꢁꢖꢂꢁꢑꢏ ꢌ ꢏꢊꢉꢄꢆ/ꢃꢄꢉꢁꢆ ꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢛꢊ &ꢑꢊꢇꢊ (ꢋꢏꢛ ꢓꢉꢁ ꢆꢑ

ꢖꢆꢉꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢌ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢊ).

%ꢋꢏ ꢌꢇꢔ&ꢌꢏ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢏꢃꢂꢝꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢋꢁꢑ!ꢄꢏꢂꢐꢑꢊꢍ ꢆꢖꢏꢈꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢛꢏꢂꢁꢑꢐꢌꢄ$ ꢉꢁꢋꢁꢕ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢛꢆꢓꢊꢋ ꢃꢅꢝꢋꢐ

ꢁ( ꢃ ꢇꢆꢋ ꢄ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢕꢑꢆ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢂꢆꢋꢄꢋꢐ. ꢜꢆ ꢄꢅꢘꢁꢙꢏꢑꢄꢁ ꢖꢆꢉꢆꢘꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢑꢁꢈꢎꢏꢈꢋꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢝ, ꢈꢑꢄꢛꢄꢋꢁ ꢌꢇꢔ&ꢌꢊ

ꢄ $ꢇꢏꢑꢄꢋꢁ ꢁ( ꢃ ꢘꢁꢅꢆꢖꢏꢈꢑꢆꢛ ꢛꢁꢈꢋꢁ.

ꢜ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢅꢏꢓꢂꢏꢋꢔꢃꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢌꢇꢔ&ꢌꢄ, ꢑꢁꢛꢁꢉꢂꢁꢑꢑꢆ ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢋꢄꢋꢁꢈꢐ ꢅꢏ ꢖꢆꢛꢆ#ꢐꢍ ꢌ ꢃꢇꢏꢎꢊ.

ꢀꢉꢖꢘꢉꢍꢉꢃꢚꢂ

1 ꢀꢉꢖꢍꢃꢇꢁꢖꢄꢍꢇ ꢍꢄꢊ ꢊꢜꢅꢞꢍꢂ ꢖꢄꢋꢍꢂꢌ&ꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ,

ꢚꢉꢍꢉꢁꢞı! ꢜ ꢃꢂꢋ ꢄ'ꢇꢇꢍꢋꢕ

ꢀꢈ' ꢃꢅꢗꢅꢄꢆꢓꢂꢐ ꢉꢂꢋꢕꢗꢅꢉꢃꢘꢅꢃꢁꢝ ꢂꢏꢊꢆꢋ ꢆꢓ ꢏꢄꢘ$ ꢕꢘꢗꢞꢃꢂꢄ, ꢕꢂꢉꢈꢓꢈꢊꢊꢚ$ ꢊꢆꢙꢅ.

ꢀꢂꢓꢋꢂꢙꢊꢂꢁꢃꢆ ꢕꢘꢗꢞꢃꢈ ꢓꢈꢄꢆꢁꢝꢃ ꢂꢃ ꢅꢛꢂ ꢃꢆꢕꢈ.

<AV-2178TEE/AV-2555TEE/

AV-2568TEE/AV-2978TEE>

<AV-2168TEE/AV-2968TEE>

POWER

MUTING

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

COLOUR SOUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

TV/TEXT

TV/VIDEO

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

CHANNEL

VOLUME

TEXT

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

RM-C1013

RM-C1023

2 (ꢋꢍꢂꢃꢚꢂ )ꢂꢍꢂꢁꢇꢇꢚ ꢃ ꢊꢜꢅꢞꢍ ꢖꢄꢋꢍꢂꢌ&ꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ

ꢗꢂꢁꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢃꢈꢋꢏꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢉꢃꢁ ꢘꢏꢋꢏꢇꢁꢕꢌꢄ ꢖꢆ ꢊꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢆꢛꢊ ꢑꢏ ꢇꢄꢈꢊꢑꢌꢁ ꢈꢖꢆꢈꢆꢘꢊ,

ꢈꢆꢘꢂꢍꢉꢏꢝ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢊꢍ ꢄ ꢆꢋꢇꢄ!ꢏꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢊꢍ ꢖꢆꢂꢝꢇꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ. +ꢋꢇꢄ!ꢏꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢅꢏꢇꢝꢙꢁꢑꢑꢔꢕ

ꢌꢆꢑꢁ! ꢘꢏꢇꢏꢋꢁꢕꢌꢄ ꢃꢈꢋꢏꢃꢂꢝꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢃꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉ.

ꢀꢎꢏꢐ#$%ꢏꢎꢏꢒꢏꢓꢔꢏ:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢊꢎꢁꢈꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢆꢈꢋꢁꢇꢁꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ, ꢊꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢑꢏ

ꢘꢏꢋꢏꢇꢁꢕꢌꢏ$.

ꢀꢁꢄ'ꢇ*ꢂꢌꢄꢕ:

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢈꢊ$ꢄꢁ ꢒꢂꢁꢛꢁꢑꢋꢑꢔꢁ ꢘꢏꢋꢏꢇꢁꢕꢌꢄ ꢋꢄꢖꢏ

AA/R6/UM-3.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢖꢊꢂꢐꢋ ꢉꢄꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢂꢆ$ꢆ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢏꢁꢋ,

ꢑꢏꢉꢆ ꢃꢈꢋꢏꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢑꢆꢃꢔꢁ ꢘꢏꢋꢏꢇꢁꢕꢌꢄ.

0ꢏꢋꢏꢇꢁꢕꢌꢄ, ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢃꢛꢁꢈꢋꢁ ꢈ ꢖꢊꢂꢐꢋꢆꢛ

ꢉꢄꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ, ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢑꢏꢅꢑꢏꢎꢁꢑꢔ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢄꢈꢖꢔꢋꢏ

ꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢇꢄꢓꢆꢉꢑꢆꢈꢋꢄ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢌ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢁ, ꢏ ꢑꢁ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢆꢝꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢑꢄꢝ.

ꢀꢉꢖꢘꢉꢍꢉꢃꢚꢂ

3 ꢀꢉꢖꢋꢉꢇꢖꢄꢌꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢂꢌꢍꢇꢌꢌ+ ꢄ (-

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢎꢄꢋꢏꢋꢐ 1ꢊꢌꢆꢃꢆꢉꢈꢋꢃꢏ ꢖꢆ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢑꢄꢍ, ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢃꢛꢁꢈꢋꢁ ꢈ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢏꢛꢄ. 2ꢁꢋꢆꢉ

ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢂꢄꢎꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢆꢋ ꢊꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢑꢏ ꢇꢄꢈꢊꢑꢌꢁ ꢃ ꢅꢏꢃꢄꢈꢄꢛꢆꢈꢋꢄ ꢆꢋ $ꢏꢇꢏꢌꢋꢁꢇꢄꢈꢋꢄꢌ

ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢏ. 3ꢇꢆꢛꢁ ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢋꢇꢁꢘꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢄꢅꢛꢁꢑꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢁꢑꢄꢕ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢃ

ꢅꢏꢃꢄꢈꢄꢛꢆꢈꢋꢄ ꢆꢋ ꢛꢁꢋꢆꢉꢏ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢃꢈꢁ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢔ, ꢃ ꢋꢆꢛ ꢎꢄꢈꢂꢁ ꢈꢏꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ.

• ꢗꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢔꢁ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢉꢏ ꢖꢇꢄꢆꢘꢇꢁꢋꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢆꢋꢉꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ.

• ꢚꢇꢄ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢛꢆꢑꢆꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢆꢓꢆ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢌ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢊ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢓꢑꢁꢅꢉꢆ L/MONO.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢃꢔ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢝꢁꢋꢁ ꢜ2 ꢌ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢊ ꢋꢆꢂꢐꢌꢆ ꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢆꢛ ꢃꢆꢅꢉꢊ&ꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢌꢏꢘꢁꢂꢝ, ꢜꢏꢛ ꢑꢏꢉꢆ

ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢃꢏꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢃꢄꢉꢁꢆꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢜ2 ꢑꢏ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ AV (ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ 0) ꢑꢏ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢛ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ. ꢗꢛ. ꢇꢏꢅꢉꢁꢂ “1"5ꢞ67 ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836” ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 18. +ꢅꢑꢏꢌꢆꢛꢄꢃ&ꢄꢈꢐ ꢈ ꢈꢆꢉꢁꢇꢙꢏꢑꢄꢁꢛ

ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢇꢏꢅꢉꢁꢂꢏ, ꢆꢖꢁꢇꢏ!ꢄꢍ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢈꢊ#ꢁꢈꢋꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢃꢇꢊꢎꢑꢊꢍ.

ꢚꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢔ

VHF/UHF ꢃꢌꢇꢛꢌꢕꢕ ꢂꢌꢍꢇꢌꢌꢂ

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

INPUT

^/V

^/MONO

ꢚꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢔ ꢄ ꢜ2

VHF/UHF ꢃꢌꢇꢛꢌꢕꢕ ꢂꢌꢍꢇꢌꢌꢂ

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

^/V

^/MONO

* ꢄꢆꢏꢅꢂ

ꢄꢚꢄꢂꢏꢘ

* ꢈꢘꢏꢆꢂ

ꢄꢚꢄꢂꢏꢘ

* ꢄꢚꢄꢂꢏꢘ

* ꢄꢄꢂꢏꢘ ꢈꢊꢃꢅꢊꢊꢚ

ꢀꢉꢖꢘꢉꢍꢉꢃꢚꢂ

4 ꢀꢉꢖꢋꢉꢇꢖꢄꢌꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢖꢁꢜꢘꢄꢝ ꢊꢁꢄ)ꢉꢁꢉꢃ

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢔ ꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢝꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢄꢌꢏꢌꢄꢁ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢄꢁ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢔ, ꢜꢏꢛ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢊꢈꢋꢄꢋꢐ ꢖꢊꢑꢌꢋ 4

ꢄ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢕꢋꢄ ꢈꢇꢏꢅꢊ ꢌ ꢖꢊꢑꢌꢋꢊ 5.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢓꢆꢂꢆꢃꢑꢔꢁ ꢑꢏꢊ&ꢑꢄꢌꢄ, ꢆꢘꢆꢇꢊꢉꢆꢃꢏꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢈꢋꢁꢇꢁꢆ ꢛꢄꢑꢄ ꢓꢑꢁꢅꢉꢏꢛꢄ (ꢉꢄꢏꢛꢁꢋꢇꢆꢛ 3,5

ꢛꢛ). 3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢜꢔ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢝꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢊ&ꢑꢄꢌꢄ, ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢔꢁ ꢌꢆꢂꢆꢑꢌꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ.

• ꢀꢁꢇꢛꢄꢑꢏꢂ OUTPUT ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋ ꢃꢄꢉꢁꢆ ꢄ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢔꢁ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢔ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢜꢔ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢄꢋꢁ ꢄ ꢈꢂꢔ&ꢄꢋꢁ ꢑꢏ

ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ. ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢉꢊꢘꢂꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢄ$ ꢑꢏ BM, ꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢈ ꢋꢁꢇꢛꢄꢑꢏꢂꢆꢛ OUTPUT.

(ꢀꢁꢇꢛꢄꢑꢏꢂ OUTPUT ꢑꢁ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢔ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢌꢆꢛꢖꢆꢑꢁꢑꢋꢑꢔꢁ

ꢃꢄꢉꢁꢆꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢔ. 3ꢇꢆꢛꢁ ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢆꢑ ꢑꢁ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋꢐ ꢑꢄꢌꢏꢌꢄ$ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ, ꢌꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑ.)

• 3ꢆꢛꢖꢆꢑꢁꢑꢋꢔ, ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢝ#ꢄꢁ ꢌꢆꢛꢖꢆꢑꢁꢑꢋꢑꢔꢕ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂ (ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂ Y/C^B/CR), ꢋꢏꢌꢄꢁ ꢌꢏꢌ ꢖꢇꢆꢄꢓꢇꢔꢃꢏꢋꢁꢂꢐ DVD,

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢝꢋꢐ ꢌ ꢋꢁꢇꢛꢄꢑꢏꢂꢊ VIDEO-2, ꢏ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ ꢜ?@'+-2 ꢑꢏꢉꢆ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢑꢏ

“*ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368”. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 16.)

• 1ꢄꢈꢊꢑꢌꢄ, ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢑꢄꢙꢁ, ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢔꢃꢏꢍꢋ AV-2968TEE. ꢚꢁꢇꢁꢉꢑꢝꢝ ꢄ ꢅꢏꢉꢑꢝꢝ ꢖꢏꢑꢁꢂꢄ ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢓꢆ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢛꢆꢓꢊꢋ ꢑꢁꢛꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢆꢋꢂꢄꢎꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢆꢋ ꢄꢂꢂꢍꢈꢋꢇꢏ!ꢄꢄ.

ꢀꢇꢁꢇꢖꢌꢕꢕ ꢊꢂꢌꢇꢅꢞ

(ꢄꢖꢇꢉꢚꢂ'ꢇꢁꢂ ꢄꢅꢄ

ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢂꢕ ꢄꢘꢁꢂ

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

/ꢉꢅꢉꢃꢌ+ꢇ

ꢌꢂꢜꢛꢌꢄꢚꢄ

0ꢂꢖꢌꢕꢕ ꢊꢂꢌꢇꢅꢞ

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

(- (ꢏꢗꢝ ꢕꢐꢂꢆꢛꢐꢚꢄꢈꢊꢆꢝ)

ꢀꢁꢉꢄꢘꢁ+ꢃꢂꢍꢇꢅꢞ DVD

(ꢉꢂꢋꢕꢂꢓꢆꢃꢊꢚꢅ ꢁꢆꢛꢊꢈꢗꢚ)

^/V

^/MONO

(- (ꢏꢗꢝ ꢓꢈꢕꢆꢁꢆ)

ꢀꢁꢉꢄꢘꢁ+ꢃꢂꢍꢇꢅꢞ DVD

(ꢉꢂꢋꢕꢂꢊꢅꢊꢃꢊꢚꢅ ꢄꢆꢏꢅꢂ ꢁꢆꢛꢊꢈꢗꢚ)

5 ꢀꢉꢖꢋꢉꢇꢖꢄꢌꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢊꢁꢉꢃꢉꢖꢂ ꢙꢅꢇꢚꢍꢁꢉꢊꢄꢍꢂꢌꢄꢕ ꢚ ꢃ+ꢃꢉꢖꢜ

ꢊꢇꢁꢇ'ꢇꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢍꢉꢚꢂ

ꢚꢆꢉꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢋꢐ ꢋꢆꢂꢐꢌꢆ ꢌ ꢄꢈꢋꢆꢎꢑꢄꢌꢊ ꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ, ꢊꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢆꢛꢊ ꢑꢏ ꢅꢏꢉꢑꢁꢕ ꢖꢏꢑꢁꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ.

ꢀꢉꢖꢘꢉꢍꢉꢃꢚꢂ

6 ꢀꢇꢁꢃꢄ*ꢌ+ꢇ ꢊꢂꢁꢂ'ꢇꢍꢁ+ 7ꢉꢁ'ꢂꢍꢂ ꢄ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ ꢉꢍꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢕ

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ ꢖꢁꢇꢃꢔꢕ ꢇꢏꢅ, ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢂꢝꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢖꢁꢇꢃꢄꢎꢑꢔ$

ꢖꢏꢇꢏꢛꢁꢋꢇꢆꢃ >ꢆꢇꢛꢏꢋꢏ ꢄ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢆꢋꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢄ >ꢄꢇꢛꢁꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢅꢑꢏꢌ JVC. @ꢂꢝ ꢖꢇꢆꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢌꢄ

ꢖꢁꢇꢃꢄꢎꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢖꢆꢂꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢄꢑꢈꢋꢇꢊꢌ!ꢄꢄ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢘꢊꢉꢊꢋ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢔ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢘꢅꢂꢃꢌꢜ8

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢊꢄꢍꢂꢌꢄꢕ

ꢌꢂ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢇ.

Cꢏꢛꢖꢏ POWER ꢅꢏꢓꢆꢇꢄꢋꢈꢝ. ꢚꢆꢈꢂꢁ

ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢌꢏꢌ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ

>ꢄꢇꢛꢁꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢅꢑꢏꢌ JVC, ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ

?ꢈꢋꢕꢈ POWER @ꢗꢈꢄꢊꢈꢝ ꢉꢊꢂꢕꢉꢈ ꢄꢉꢗ!ꢜꢅꢊꢆꢝ

ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢕꢉꢁꢋ ꢑꢏ ꢝꢅꢔꢌ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢆꢎꢑꢔ$

ꢖꢏꢇꢏꢛꢁꢋꢇꢆꢃ.

ꢕꢆꢃꢈꢊꢆꢝ

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

*ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢈ

DISPLAY

*ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ

MENU t

*ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ

TV/TEXT

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

ꢌ;<3:= 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

TV/VIDEO

=ꢇ6*

ꢌ;&&*>8

=ꢇ6* 54?454*&5: @ꢌ;--:ꢟ1

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

• Dꢄꢇꢛꢁꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢅꢑꢏꢌ JVC ꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ, ꢁꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢏ& ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢊꢙꢁ ꢆꢉꢄꢑ ꢇꢏꢅ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢂꢈꢝ ꢇꢏꢑꢁꢁ.

ꢜ ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢖꢇꢆꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢌꢄ ꢖꢁꢇꢃꢄꢎꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢄ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ 7EF3 ꢄ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836. %ꢋꢆꢋ ꢈꢖꢆꢈꢆꢘ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢄ ꢘꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢖꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢆ

ꢄꢅꢂꢏꢓꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢁ 17 ꢄ 19.

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢕꢈ+ꢚꢂ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU

3 ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢜꢕ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU T, ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄ8

“9(%# ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9”.

4 ꢓꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU

, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢌꢂ*ꢂꢍꢞ ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢌꢇꢌꢄꢇ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ

9(%# ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9.

ꢞꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢂꢝꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏꢉꢖꢄꢈꢐ “>>>-ꢒ>&*”.

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢘꢊꢉꢊꢋ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑꢔ ꢃꢈꢁ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢄꢑꢄꢛꢏꢋꢐ

ꢜꢏ& ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢄ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢏ ꢆꢖꢁꢇꢏꢋꢄꢃꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢈꢆꢈꢋꢆꢝꢑꢄꢝ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836 ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢅꢏꢃꢁꢇ&ꢁꢑꢏ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢖꢇꢁꢌꢇꢏ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢔ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836 ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ

ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ MENU

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢕ ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ, ꢑꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑ ꢑꢏ

ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢃꢁꢋꢈꢋꢃꢊꢍ#ꢄꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢁꢓꢆ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢐ, ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ 1"5ꢞ67

ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836. %ꢋꢆꢋ ꢈꢖꢆꢈꢆꢘ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢄ ꢘꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢖꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢆ ꢄꢅꢂꢏꢓꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢁ 18 .

#ꢚꢉꢌ*ꢄꢃ ꢊꢁꢉ&ꢇꢖꢜꢁ+, ꢊꢁꢄꢃꢇꢖꢇꢌꢌ+ꢇ ꢃ+ꢛꢇ, (+ ꢉ7ꢉꢁ'ꢄꢅꢄ

ꢊꢇꢁꢃꢄ*ꢌꢜ8 ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢜ ꢋꢄꢋꢍꢇ'+. (ꢂꢛ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁ JVC

ꢍꢇꢊꢇꢁꢞ ꢘꢉꢍꢉꢃ ꢖꢅꢕ ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢕ.

#ꢋꢌꢉꢃꢌꢉꢇ ꢉꢊꢇꢁꢂꢍꢄꢃꢌꢉꢇ ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ

• ꢞꢄꢙꢁ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑ ꢖꢊꢂꢐꢋ ꢉꢄꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ RM-C1013. ꢚꢊꢂꢐꢋꢔ

ꢉꢄꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ,

ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢏꢃꢂꢝꢁꢛꢔꢁ ꢃꢛꢁꢈꢋꢁ ꢈ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏꢛꢄ

ꢑꢁꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔ$ ꢛꢆꢉꢁꢂꢁꢕ, ꢛꢆꢓꢊꢋ ꢆꢋꢂꢄꢎꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ

ꢖꢆ ꢃꢄꢉꢊ ꢆꢋ ꢖꢊꢂꢐꢋꢏ, ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢃꢑꢄꢅꢊ.

2 (+)ꢉꢁ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ.

■ &ꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ ꢊꢈꢙꢈꢃꢞ ꢉꢊꢂꢕꢉꢘ CHANNEL

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ

ꢚ1+ꢚ"ꢗꢀ?ꢀK ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑꢏ ꢑꢏ “%:”, ꢒꢋꢄ

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ ꢑꢁꢂꢐꢅꢝ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ

ꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢆꢛ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢝ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ CHANNEL

n/,. ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 19.

■ %ꢗꢝ ꢄꢄꢂꢏꢈ ꢊꢂꢋꢅꢐꢈ ꢉꢈꢊꢈꢗꢈ ꢁꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ

ꢊꢈꢙꢆꢋꢈꢃꢞ ꢑꢆFꢐꢂꢄꢚꢅ ꢉꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ.

POWER

MUTING

SYSTEM

CINEMA

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢃꢃꢁꢈꢋꢄ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢕ ꢈꢆꢈꢋꢆꢄꢋ ꢄꢅ ꢉꢃꢊ$ !ꢄ>ꢇ, ꢜꢏꢛ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ -/--, ꢄ ꢑꢏ ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢁ

ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢉꢃꢊ$!ꢄ>ꢇꢆꢃꢆꢕ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ “--”, ꢌꢊꢉꢏ

ꢑꢊꢙꢑꢆ ꢃꢃꢁꢈꢋꢄ ꢋꢇꢁꢘꢊꢁꢛꢊꢍ ꢌꢆꢛꢘꢄꢑꢏ!ꢄꢍ

!ꢄ>ꢇ.

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

ECO

SENSOR

DISPLAY

TV/TEXT

3 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢄ ꢈꢃꢜꢚꢂ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

TV/VIDEO

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ VOLUME M.

OFF

TIMER

4 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

POWER.

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢈꢒꢌꢆꢑꢆꢛꢄꢋꢐ

ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢒꢑꢁꢇꢓꢄꢍ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢁꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢔ ꢑꢁ

ꢈꢆꢘꢄꢇꢏꢁꢋꢁꢈꢐ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢃ

ꢋꢁꢎꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢉꢂꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢖꢁꢇꢄꢆꢉꢏ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ,

ꢛꢔ ꢇꢁꢌꢆꢛꢁꢑꢉꢊꢁꢛ ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ,

ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢝ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢒꢋꢆꢓꢆ Iꢂꢏꢃꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ

ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢛ

ꢏꢖꢖꢏꢇꢏꢋꢁ.

- --

CHANNEL

VOLUME

TEXT

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢌꢂ ꢙꢚꢁꢂꢌꢇ ꢌꢇ*ꢇꢍꢚꢉꢇ ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢇ:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ COLOUR

SYSTEM ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢕ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢆꢕ

ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ, ꢈꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 8.

RM-C1013

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢈꢃꢜꢚ ꢌꢇ*ꢇꢍꢚꢄ!:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ SOUND SYSTEM

ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢕ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢆꢕ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ, ꢈꢛ.

ꢈꢋꢇ. 8.

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

POWER.

ꢀꢁꢉꢋ'ꢉꢍꢁ ꢉ)ꢁꢂꢈꢉꢃ, ꢊꢉꢋꢍꢜꢊꢂ8ꢗꢄꢝ ꢄꢈ

ꢃꢌꢇꢛꢌꢇꢘꢉ ꢊꢁꢄ)ꢉꢁꢂ:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ TV/VIDEO ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢜ?@'+ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ.

• @ꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢜ?@'+ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ ꢋꢏꢌꢙꢁ

ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ ꢜL+@. ꢚꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢏꢝ

ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢝ ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 14.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢏ& ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢁ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ,

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ Iꢂꢏꢃꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ

ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ, ꢏ ꢅꢏꢋꢁꢛ ꢁ#ꢁ ꢇꢏꢅ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ

ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ POWER.

• 3ꢇꢆꢛꢁ ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢁꢈꢂꢄ ꢑꢏꢙꢛꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏ ꢂꢍꢘꢊꢍ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢍ#ꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ:

- ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ CHANNEL m

- !ꢄ>ꢇꢆꢃꢔꢁ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ

- ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ TV/VIDEO

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ ꢄ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ ꢊꢜꢅꢞꢍꢂ ꢖꢄꢋꢍꢂꢌ&ꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ ECO SENSOR

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ COLOUR SYSTEM

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢑꢁꢎꢁꢋꢌꢆꢁ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢁꢈꢂꢄ

ꢑꢁꢋ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢆꢓꢆ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ, ꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢊꢍ

!ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢊꢍ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢊ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢅꢏꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ

ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢕ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢆꢕ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢆꢕ.

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢂꢏꢉꢄꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢋꢏꢌꢄꢛ

ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅꢆꢛ, ꢎꢋꢆꢘꢔ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ

ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢏꢄꢃꢏꢂꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢆꢖꢋꢄꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢔꢕ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ

ꢌꢆꢑꢋꢇꢏꢈꢋꢑꢆꢈꢋꢄ ꢃ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢃꢁꢋꢈꢋꢃꢄꢄ ꢈ

ꢆꢈꢃꢁ#ꢁꢑꢄꢁꢛ ꢃ ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢕ ꢌꢆꢛꢑꢏꢋꢁ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ &ꢃꢇꢍꢉꢃꢉ! ꢋꢄꢋꢍꢇ'+

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

ꢚꢇꢄꢛꢁꢑꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢕ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ ꢈꢑꢄꢙꢏꢁꢋ

ꢑꢏꢓꢇꢊꢅꢌꢊ ꢑꢏ ꢓꢂꢏꢅꢏ ꢄ ꢖꢆꢋꢇꢁꢘꢂꢁꢑꢄꢁ

ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢒꢑꢁꢇꢓꢄꢄ ꢒꢋꢄꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢆꢛ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢍꢁꢇ)ꢜꢇ'ꢉꢘꢉ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

9(%#

PAL

SECAM

NTSC3.58

NTSC4.43

9(%#:

6ꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄꢕ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢆꢕ

=ꢔ>ꢎ#(#; ?<#$ꢏꢓ$#ꢎ ꢐꢔ$ꢀ@ꢏ;:

ꢜꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ECO SENSOR. ꢜ

ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢛ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ ꢅꢑꢏꢌ “ꢌꢂꢁꢃꢁꢇꢏ”

ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢔꢃꢏꢁꢋ ꢝꢇꢌꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢆꢈꢃꢁ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢃ ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢕ

ꢌꢆꢛꢑꢏꢋꢁ. +ꢑ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢃ

ꢋꢁꢎꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢑꢁꢈꢌꢆꢂꢐꢌꢄ$ ꢈꢁꢌꢊꢑꢉ ꢌꢏꢙꢉꢔꢕ ꢇꢏꢅ,

ꢌꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢝꢇꢌꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢆꢈꢃꢁ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ

ꢛꢁꢑꢝꢋꢐꢈꢝ. ꢚꢆ ꢛꢁꢇꢁ ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢌꢏꢌ ꢆꢈꢃꢁ#ꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢃ

ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢕ ꢌꢆꢛꢑꢏꢋꢁ ꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢋꢁꢛꢑꢁꢁ,

ꢌꢆꢂꢄꢎꢁꢈꢋꢃꢆ ꢅꢑꢏꢌꢆꢃ “ꢌꢂꢁꢃꢁꢇꢏ” ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ

ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢊꢃꢁꢂꢄꢎꢄꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ.

ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ.

• ?ꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢍ ꢆ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢁ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢔ$ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛ ꢃ

ꢌꢏꢙꢉꢆꢕ ꢆꢋꢉꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢕ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢇꢁꢓꢄꢆꢑꢁ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢋꢐ ꢃ ꢋꢏꢘꢂꢄ!ꢁ “ꢗꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ

ꢃꢁ#ꢏꢑꢄꢝ”, ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢑꢆꢕ ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 24.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢃ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢑꢁ

ꢑꢆꢇꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ, ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢅꢏꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ

6ꢜꢀ+ ꢑꢏ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢊꢍ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢊꢍ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢊ.

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ SOUND SYSTEM

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢅꢃꢊꢌ ꢑꢁꢎꢁꢋꢌꢄꢕ ꢉꢏꢙꢁ ꢃ ꢋꢆꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ,

ꢌꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢑꢆꢇꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ, ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢅꢏꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢊꢍ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢊꢍ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢊ ꢑꢏ

ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢊꢍ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢈꢃꢜꢚꢉꢃꢉ! ꢋꢄꢋꢍꢇ'+

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

=ꢔ>ꢎ#(#; ?<#$ꢏꢓ$#ꢎ:

ꢜꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ECO SENSOR.

+ꢉꢑꢏꢌꢆ ꢃ ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ ꢅꢑꢏꢌ “ꢌꢂꢁꢃꢁꢇꢏ”

ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢑꢁ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ.

=ꢔ>ꢎ#(#; ?<#$ꢏꢓ$#ꢎ (A<@:

ꢜꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ECO SENSOR.

B/G

D/K

• ?ꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢍ ꢆ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢁ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢔ$ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛ ꢃ

ꢌꢏꢙꢉꢆꢕ ꢆꢋꢉꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢕ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢇꢁꢓꢄꢆꢑꢁ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢋꢐ ꢃ ꢋꢏꢘꢂꢄ!ꢁ “ꢗꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ

ꢃꢁ#ꢏꢑꢄꢝ”, ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢑꢆꢕ ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 24.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢜ?@'+, ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇ

ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢆꢕ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ ꢖꢇꢆꢄꢅꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋꢐ ꢑꢁꢂꢐꢅꢝ.

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ PICTURE MODE

2ꢆꢙꢑꢆ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ ꢖꢆ ꢃꢌꢊꢈꢊ ꢆꢉꢑꢆ ꢄꢅ ꢋꢇꢁ$

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢁꢑꢄꢕ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢄ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ

ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

Bꢎ<ꢔ;:

ꢚꢆꢃꢔ&ꢏꢁꢋ ꢌꢆꢑꢋꢇꢏꢈꢋꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢄ ꢇꢁꢅꢌꢆꢈꢋꢐ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

$%9ꢓꢐ9ꢎ%:

ꢗꢋꢏꢑꢉꢏꢇꢋꢄꢅꢄꢇꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢊ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

-B/<ꢔ;:

ꢗꢛꢝꢓꢎꢏꢁꢋ ꢌꢆꢑꢋꢇꢏꢈꢋꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

• ꢞꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢁ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢕ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ ꢃꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏ#ꢏꢁꢋ ꢃꢈꢁ

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏꢅꢏꢉ

ꢌ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝꢛ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑꢔ, ꢎꢋꢆꢘꢔ

ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢂꢝꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢌꢏꢙꢉꢔꢕ ꢇꢏꢅ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ (ꢌ

“ꢉꢁ>ꢆꢂꢋꢑꢔꢛ” ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝꢛ) ꢃ “+439 4”.

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ ꢄ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ ꢊꢜꢅꢞꢍꢂ ꢖꢄꢋꢍꢂꢌ&ꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ MUTING

2ꢓꢑꢆꢃꢁꢑꢑꢆ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋ ꢅꢃꢊꢌ.

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ CINEMA SURROUND

ꢇꢀꢈꢉꢀꢈꢀꢊꢉꢋꢀ ꢊ ꢌꢁꢅꢋꢂꢆꢍ AV2168TEE /

AV2968TEE >

$ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢃꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢌ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢁ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢃꢋꢆꢇꢆꢕ ꢇꢏꢅ.

ꢗ ꢖꢆꢛꢆ#ꢐꢍ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ +31"M6NO?8

Eꢜ"3 ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ ꢆꢘꢁꢈꢖꢁꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢊꢂꢊꢎ&ꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ

$ꢏꢇꢏꢌꢋꢁꢇꢄꢈꢋꢄꢌꢄ ꢅꢃꢊꢎꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢉꢂꢝ

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ DISPLAY

ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢎꢄꢈꢂꢏ ꢅꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢁꢕ.

2ꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢆꢝꢑꢑꢆ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢔꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ

ꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢁꢓꢆ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢜ?@'+ ꢑꢏ

ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ.

$ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢙꢍꢜ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢉꢖꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢄꢈ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢉꢃ

#<ꢎꢑꢒ9CDꢔ; 0(ꢑ<.

$ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢕ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢃꢋꢆꢇꢆꢕ ꢇꢏꢅ.

• ꢚꢇꢄ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢁ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢜ?@'+ ꢘꢁꢅ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢏ

ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢝ ꢆ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ ꢜ?@'+ ꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ

ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢑꢁꢖꢆꢉꢃꢄꢙꢑꢆꢕ.

(A$/ꢓꢔ0:

ꢚꢇꢄ ꢈꢋꢁꢇꢁꢆ>ꢆꢑꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢆꢛ

ꢃꢆꢈꢖꢇꢆꢄꢅꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ ꢃꢔꢘꢁꢇꢄꢋꢁ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ

ꢜFꢗ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢞ?E. ꢜꢔ ꢈꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢖꢆꢂꢊꢎꢄꢋꢐ

ꢅꢃꢊꢌ, ꢇꢏꢈꢈꢎꢄꢋꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢑꢏ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ

ꢌꢆꢂꢄꢎꢁꢈꢋꢃꢆ ꢅꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢁꢕ, ꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢓꢄꢎꢑꢔꢕ

ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢆꢛꢊ ꢈꢆꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢙꢉꢁꢑꢄꢍ ꢃ

ꢌꢄꢑꢆꢋꢁꢏꢋꢇꢁ.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢉꢂꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ +31"M6NO?8 Eꢜ"3

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢜFꢗ, ꢃꢆꢅꢛꢆꢙꢑꢔ

ꢑꢁꢘꢆꢂꢐ&ꢄꢁ ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ. ꢜ ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ

ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢁ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢈ ꢜFꢗ ꢑꢏ ꢞ?E, ꢖꢇꢄ

ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ ꢄꢈꢎꢁꢅꢑꢊꢋ, ꢑꢆ ꢒ>>ꢁꢌꢋ

+31"M6NO?8 Eꢜ"3 ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢛꢁꢑꢁꢁ

ꢅꢏꢛꢁꢋꢁꢑ.

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ OFF TIMER

2ꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢋꢐ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢖꢆ ꢖꢇꢆ&ꢁꢈꢋꢃꢄꢄ

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢖꢁꢇꢄꢆꢉꢏ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢜꢋꢍꢂꢌꢉꢃꢚꢄ ꢊꢇꢁꢄꢉꢖꢂ ꢃꢁꢇ'ꢇꢌꢄ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

• ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢖꢁꢇꢄꢆꢉ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ

ꢃꢖꢂꢆꢋꢐ ꢉꢆ 120 ꢛꢄꢑꢊꢋ ꢛꢏꢌꢈꢄꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆ

ꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢆꢛ ꢉꢆꢘꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ 10-ꢛꢄꢑꢊꢋꢑꢔ$

ꢆꢋꢇꢁꢅꢌꢆꢃ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ.

• Eꢏ ꢆꢉꢑꢊ ꢛꢄꢑꢊꢋꢊ ꢉꢆ ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢌꢏꢌ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ OFF

TIMER ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ

ꢑꢏꢉꢖꢄꢈꢐ “&-ꢒ*ꢒ83ꢒ8 3ꢒ<>!”.

ꢀ$ꢏ(ꢐ# $%ꢏꢎꢏ#:

1ꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢚꢗ'ꢜ@+ ꢗꢀ'1'+ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢃꢔꢘꢄꢇꢏꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢄ ꢛꢆꢑꢆ>ꢆꢑꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢆꢛ

ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢖꢇꢆꢄꢅꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢄꢄ. ꢚꢇꢄ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢛ

ꢌꢆꢂꢄꢎꢁꢈꢋꢃꢁ ꢅꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢁꢕ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇ ꢋꢏꢌꢆꢓꢆ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢆꢘꢁꢈꢖꢁꢎꢄꢋ ꢅꢃꢊꢎꢏꢑꢄꢁ, ꢖꢆ ꢌꢏꢎꢁꢈꢋꢃꢊ

ꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢓꢄꢎꢑꢆꢁ ꢈꢋꢁꢇꢁꢆ>ꢆꢑꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢆꢛꢊ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏ ꢆꢈꢋꢏꢃ&ꢁꢓꢆꢈꢝ ꢖꢁꢇꢄꢆꢉꢏ

ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ

ꢆꢉꢄꢑ ꢇꢏꢅ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ OFF TIMER

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢁꢛ ꢒꢋꢆꢕ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢖꢁꢇꢄꢆꢉ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ ꢑꢏ “0”.

(A<@:

ꢜꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ

+31"M6NO?8 Eꢜ"3.

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ OFF TIMER ꢑꢁ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋ ꢆꢈꢑꢆꢃꢑꢊꢍ

ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢊ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢒꢑꢁꢇꢓꢄꢄ ꢃ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ

ꢏꢖꢖꢏꢇꢏꢋ

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ ꢄ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ ꢊꢜꢅꢞꢍꢂ ꢖꢄꢋꢍꢂꢌ&ꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ RETURN +

<ꢌꢉꢊꢚꢂ CHANNEL SCAN

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢕ

ꢜꢔ ꢎꢏꢈꢋꢆ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢄꢋꢁ, ꢑꢏ “ꢜꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏꢋ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ”.

ꢚꢆꢈꢂꢁ ꢒꢋꢆꢓꢆ ꢜꢔ ꢈꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢃ ꢂꢍꢘꢆꢁ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢝ

ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢖꢇꢆꢈꢋꢆ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢃ

ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢆꢉꢄꢑ ꢇꢏꢅ.

@ꢏꢑꢑꢏꢝ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢏ ꢉꢏꢁꢋ ꢜꢏꢛ ꢃꢆꢅꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ

ꢘꢔꢈꢋꢇꢆ ꢖꢇꢆꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢔ ꢃꢈꢁ$

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ

ꢖꢇꢄꢑꢄꢛꢏꢁꢋ ꢜꢏ& ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢄ ꢃꢁꢈꢋꢄ ꢖꢆꢄꢈꢌ

ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢔ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢊꢍ ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ

ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ.

ꢑꢋꢍꢂꢌꢉꢃꢚꢂ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ ꢌꢂ “(ꢉꢈꢃꢁꢂꢍ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ”:

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢌꢂ*ꢂꢅꢂ ꢋꢚꢂꢌꢄꢁꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢕ

ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌ+ꢝ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢉꢃ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅ, ꢚꢉꢍꢉꢁ+!

ꢃ+ ꢝꢉꢍꢄꢍꢇ ꢜꢋꢍꢂꢌꢉꢃꢄꢍꢞ ꢌꢂ “(ꢉꢈꢃꢁꢂꢍ

ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ”.

3ꢏꢙꢉꢏꢝ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔ$

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢏ ꢃ ꢋꢁꢎꢁꢑꢄꢁ

ꢑꢁꢈꢌꢆꢂꢐꢌꢄ$ ꢈꢁꢌꢊꢑꢉ.

• ꢚꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢔ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢔ ꢑꢏ “%:” ꢃ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ ꢚ1+ꢚ"ꢗꢀ?ꢀK ꢑꢁ ꢘꢊꢉꢊꢋ

ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ.

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ ꢄ

ꢊꢁꢉꢖꢉꢅ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢌꢂ"ꢄ'ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢉ ꢍꢇꢝ ꢊꢉꢁ,

ꢊꢉꢚꢂ ꢋꢉꢉ)ꢗꢇꢌꢄꢇ

“(#0(ꢎ9% <9ꢓ9@9

09ꢀꢎ#/ꢎ9--ꢔꢎ#(9ꢓ#!” ꢌꢇ

ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢍꢋꢕ ꢌꢂ ꢙꢚꢁꢂꢌꢇ.

2 <ꢉꢘꢖꢂ (+ ꢌꢂ!ꢖꢇꢍꢇ ꢊꢁꢉꢘꢁꢂ''ꢜ,

ꢚꢉꢍꢉꢁꢜ8 (+ ꢝꢉꢍꢄꢍꢇ ꢋ'ꢉꢍꢁꢇꢍꢞ, ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢉꢋꢍꢂꢌꢉꢃꢚꢄ ꢋꢚꢂꢌꢄꢁꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢕ (ꢂ'

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

ꢇꢗꢇ ꢁꢂꢈ.

• 3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢜꢔ ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢁ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ,

“ꢜꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏꢋ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ” ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢛꢁꢑꢁꢑ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢁꢉꢋ'ꢉꢍꢁꢂ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ,

ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉꢇꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢌꢂ “(ꢉꢈꢃꢁꢂꢍ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ”:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ “ꢜꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏꢋ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ”.

• ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢉꢃꢏ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ (ꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢄꢕ

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢄ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ “ꢜꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏꢋ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ”) ꢖꢆ

ꢆꢎꢁꢇꢁꢉꢄ ꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢆꢛ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢝ ꢒꢋꢆꢕ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢉꢍ'ꢇꢌ+ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ “(ꢉꢈꢃꢁꢂꢍ

ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ”:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢄ

ꢖꢇꢆꢉꢆꢂꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢑꢏꢙꢄꢛꢏꢋꢐ ꢉꢆ ꢋꢁ$ ꢖꢆꢇ,

ꢖꢆꢌꢏ ꢈꢆꢆꢘ#ꢁꢑꢄꢁ “ꢀꢒꢇꢀꢌ:5 *:3:?:

ꢒ5+4343!” ꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ.

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢌꢄ ꢉꢖꢄꢌ ꢄꢈ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢉꢃ ꢌꢇ

ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉꢇꢌ ꢌꢂ “(ꢉꢈꢃꢁꢂꢍ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ”:

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ

ꢑꢁꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢁꢑꢑꢆ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉ ꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢄꢛ

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢛ, ꢖꢊꢋꢁꢛ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢝ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢕ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ.

ꢀꢁꢉꢋ'ꢉꢍꢁ ꢊꢁꢉꢘꢁꢂ'' ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ $ꢊꢄꢋꢚꢂ

TV/TEXT

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ $ꢇꢏꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇꢏ ꢜꢏ&ꢄ$

ꢂꢍꢘꢄꢛꢔ$ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ! ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢃ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ

ꢗꢖꢄꢈꢌꢏ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!. ꢜ ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ

ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢘꢔꢈꢋꢇꢆ ꢃꢔꢅꢔꢃꢏꢋꢐ,

ꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢝꢈꢐ !ꢃꢁꢋꢑꢔꢛꢄ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢏꢛꢄ.

TV/VIDEO

OFF

TIMER

PICTURE

MODE

CHANNEL

SCAN

RETURN+

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢝꢁꢂꢌꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢌꢉ'ꢇꢁꢉꢃ ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&:

- --

VOLUME

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ $ꢊꢄꢋꢚꢂ

ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ& ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

MODE.

CHANNEL

Iꢄꢅꢃꢊꢚꢅ

ꢉꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ

TEXT

ꢞꢆꢛꢁꢇꢏ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!, $ꢇꢏꢑꢝ#ꢄ$ꢈꢝ ꢃ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ, ꢘꢊꢉꢊꢋ ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ

ꢃꢑꢄꢅꢊ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢏ.

REVEAL HOLD

INDEX

SIZE

REVEAL

HOLD

SIZE

INDEX

SUBPAGE

CANCEL

STORE MODE

SUBPAGE

STORE

CANCEL

MODE

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢊꢉꢈꢄ&ꢄꢄ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ &ꢃꢇꢍꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ. 0ꢂꢍꢇ'

ꢖꢅꢕ ꢃꢃꢉꢖꢂ ꢌꢉ'ꢇꢁꢂ ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&+

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ &ꢄ7ꢁꢉꢃ+ꢇ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ.

RM-C1013

■ #ꢋꢌꢉꢃꢌꢉꢇ ꢉꢊꢇꢁꢂꢍꢄꢃꢌꢉꢇ

ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌ+!

ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅ, ꢄ'ꢇ8ꢗꢄ! ꢊꢁꢉꢘꢁꢂ''ꢜ

ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ.

3 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢊꢁꢉꢖꢉꢅ"ꢄꢍꢇꢅꢞꢌꢉ

ꢌꢂ"ꢄ'ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ STORE.

5ꢁꢋꢔꢇꢁ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇꢏ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ! ꢋꢁꢖꢁꢇꢐ

ꢘꢊꢉꢊꢋ ꢛꢄꢓꢏꢋꢐ ꢘꢁꢂꢔꢛꢄ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢛ,

ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢔꢃꢏꢝ, ꢎꢋꢆ ꢆꢑꢄ $ꢇꢏꢑꢝꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ

ꢖꢏꢛꢝꢋꢄ.

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢇꢁꢇ'ꢇꢌ+ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ

ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢖꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢌꢂ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ' ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ TV/TEXT.

1ꢁꢙꢄꢛ !ꢄꢌꢂꢄꢇꢊꢁꢋ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢍ#ꢄꢛ

ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅꢆꢛ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢈꢉꢃꢂ ꢝꢁꢂꢌꢄ'ꢉ! ꢃ ꢊꢂ'ꢕꢍꢄ

ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&+:

ꢁꢇ"ꢄ' TEXT

(ꢍꢉꢅꢞꢚꢉ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍ)

ꢁꢇ"ꢄ' TV

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ $ꢊꢄꢋꢚꢂ

ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ& ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

MODE.

ꢁꢇ"ꢄ' MIX (ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢖꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍ)

3 (+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&ꢜ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ

'ꢉ"ꢌꢉ ꢊꢉꢋꢁꢇꢖꢋꢍꢃꢉ' ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢄꢕ ꢌꢂ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ CHANNEL m, &ꢄ7ꢁꢉꢃ+ꢇ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ ꢄꢅꢄ &ꢃꢇꢍꢌ+ꢇ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ.

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ &ꢃꢇꢍꢉꢃꢜ8

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ, ꢊꢉꢖ ꢚꢉꢍꢉꢁꢉ! ꢝꢁꢂꢌꢄꢍꢋꢕ

ꢖꢂꢌꢌꢂꢕ ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&ꢂ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢃꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏꢋꢏ ꢃ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢉꢁꢑꢄꢝ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ TV/VIDEO ꢄꢂꢄ

ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ TV/TEXT.

@ꢂꢝ ꢃꢔ$ꢆꢉꢏ ꢄꢅ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢗꢖꢄꢈꢌꢏ

ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ! ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ

MODE ꢁ#ꢁ ꢇꢏꢅ.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢊ ꢜꢏꢈ ꢈꢊ#ꢁꢈꢋꢃꢊꢍꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢘꢂꢁꢛꢔ

ꢈ ꢖꢇꢄꢁꢛꢆꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ, ꢖꢆꢈꢆꢃꢁꢋꢊꢕꢋꢁꢈꢐ

ꢈ ꢜꢏ&ꢄꢛ ꢛꢁꢈꢋꢑꢔꢛ ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢏꢃ#ꢄꢌꢆꢛ

ꢏꢖꢖꢏꢇꢏꢋꢊꢇꢔ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢈꢆ ꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢁꢕ

ꢆꢘꢈꢂꢊꢙꢄꢃꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ.

• ꢚꢇꢄ ꢑꢁꢃꢁꢇꢑꢆꢛ ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢁ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑ ꢈꢄꢛꢃꢆꢂꢆꢃ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢄꢅꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢁ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢊ 7EF3

ꢀ'C'ꢀ'3ꢗꢀ6.ꢚꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢔꢁ ꢈꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢈꢛ.

ꢖꢆꢉ ꢅꢏꢓꢆꢂꢆꢃꢌꢆꢛ “7EF3 ꢀ'C'ꢀ'3ꢗꢀ6”

ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ.19.

ꢀꢁꢉꢋ'ꢉꢍꢁ ꢊꢁꢉꢘꢁꢂ'' ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ

REVEAL (ꢎꢂꢋꢚꢁ+ꢍꢄꢇ)

INDEX (ꢀꢇꢁꢇ*ꢇꢌꢞ)

ꢞꢁꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢔ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ

ꢈꢆꢉꢁꢇꢙꢏꢋ ꢈꢌꢇꢔꢋꢔꢕ ꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋ (ꢑꢏꢖꢇꢄꢛꢁꢇ,

ꢆꢋꢃꢁꢋꢔ ꢑꢏ ꢃꢆꢖꢇꢆꢈꢔ ꢃꢄꢌꢋꢆꢇꢄꢑꢔ). ꢜꢔ

ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢋꢐ ꢈꢌꢇꢔꢋꢔꢕ ꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋ ꢑꢏ

ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢁ.

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢛꢓꢑꢆꢃꢁꢑꢑꢆ ꢃꢁꢇꢑꢊꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ

ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢊ ꢈ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢎꢑꢁꢛ ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢄ.

$ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ INDEX.

( ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢇ “$ꢊꢄꢋꢚꢂ” ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&:

ꢜꢆꢅꢃꢇꢏ#ꢏꢁꢋ ꢌ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇꢊ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢔ,

ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑꢑꢆꢛꢊ ꢃ ꢑꢄꢙꢑꢁꢛ ꢂꢁꢃꢆꢛ ꢊꢓꢂꢊ

ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢏ.

<ꢂ"ꢖ+! ꢁꢂꢈ, ꢚꢉꢘꢖꢂ (+ ꢌꢂ"ꢄ'ꢂꢇꢍꢇ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ REVEAL, ꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍ )ꢜꢖꢇꢍ

ꢊꢉꢉ*ꢇꢁꢇꢖꢌꢉ ꢅꢄ)ꢉ ꢊꢉꢚꢂꢈꢂꢌ, ꢅꢄ)ꢉ

ꢋꢚꢁ+ꢍ.

SUBPAGE ($ꢜ)ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&+)

ꢞꢁꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢔ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢄꢛꢁꢍꢋ

ꢈꢊꢘꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄꢎꢌꢄ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ

ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢊꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ. ꢜꢔ

ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢅꢏꢉꢁꢇꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢂꢍꢘꢊꢍ ꢈꢊꢘꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄꢎꢌꢊ

ꢄꢂꢄ ꢖꢇꢆꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢁꢁ ꢃ ꢂꢍꢘꢆꢁ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢝ.

HOLD (0ꢂꢖꢇꢁ"ꢚꢂ)

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢅꢏꢉꢁꢇꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢊ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢑꢏ ꢂꢍꢘꢆꢁ

ꢌꢆꢂꢄꢎꢁꢈꢋꢃꢆ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ, ꢉꢏꢙꢁ ꢖꢆꢌꢏ

ꢖꢇꢄꢑꢄꢛꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢄꢁ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢔ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ.

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢉꢊꢇꢁꢂꢍꢄꢃꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢕ

7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ ꢋꢜ)ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ& ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ SUBPAGE.

$ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ HOLD.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢛꢁꢑꢔ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ HOLD ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ HOLD ꢁ#ꢁ ꢇꢏꢅ.

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃꢃꢉꢖꢂ ꢌꢉ'ꢇꢁꢂ ꢋꢜ)ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&+

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ &ꢄ7ꢁꢉꢃ+ꢇ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ.

CANCEL (#ꢍ'ꢇꢌꢂ)

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢖꢇꢆꢉꢆꢂꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢆꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢕ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢔ, ꢉꢏꢙꢁ

ꢑꢏ$ꢆꢉꢝꢈꢐ ꢃ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ.

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ:

3-ꢋꢐꢝ ꢈꢊꢘꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢏ ➞ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ 0, 0, 0 ꢄ 3.

• ꢜꢔ ꢋꢏꢌꢙꢁ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ ꢈꢊꢘꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢊ

ꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢆꢛ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢌꢇꢏꢈꢑꢊꢍ ꢄꢂꢄ

ꢅꢁꢂꢁꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ.

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃꢃꢉꢖꢂ ꢌꢉ'ꢇꢁꢂ ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&+

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ &ꢄ7ꢁꢉꢃꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

ꢄꢅꢄ &ꢃꢇꢍꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢛꢁꢑꢔ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ ꢈꢊꢘꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ! ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ SUBPAGE ꢁ#ꢁ ꢇꢏꢅ.

ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢏꢎꢑꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢋꢐ ꢋꢇꢁꢘꢊꢁꢛꢊꢍ

ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢊ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ.

SIZE (ꢎꢂꢈ'ꢇꢁ)

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢊꢉꢃꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢃꢔꢈꢆꢋꢊ ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢝ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ.

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ CANCEL.

ꢚꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢏꢝ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢏ.

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢏꢕꢉꢁꢋ ꢋꢇꢁꢘꢊꢁꢛꢊꢍ

ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢊ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ, ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢄ!ꢔ

ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ ꢃꢁꢇ$ꢑꢁꢛ ꢂꢁꢃꢆꢛ ꢊꢓꢂꢊ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢏ.

$ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ SIZE.

@ꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢕ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ !ꢄꢌꢂꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ

ꢛꢁꢑꢝꢋꢐꢈꢝ.

3 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢁꢉꢋ'ꢉꢍꢁꢂ ꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢄ&+

ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ CANCEL.

• ꢞꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢁ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ CANCEL ꢑꢁ ꢈꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ ꢑꢏ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢉꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

@ꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢄꢛꢁꢁꢋ ꢑꢁꢈꢌꢆꢂꢐꢌꢆ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢕ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢛꢄ ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢝꢋꢐ,

ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢝ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢒꢋꢆꢓꢆ ꢃꢏꢇꢄꢏꢑꢋꢔ ꢛꢁꢑꢍ. @ꢂꢝ ꢖꢆꢂꢑꢆ!ꢁꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢃꢈꢁ$ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢕ

ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢓꢆ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ ꢜꢏꢛ ꢑꢁꢆꢘ$ꢆꢉꢄꢛꢆ ꢖꢆꢑꢝꢋꢐ, ꢌꢏꢌ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢒꢋꢄ ꢃꢏꢇꢄꢏꢑꢋꢔ ꢛꢁꢑꢍ.

4 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢄꢈ'ꢇꢌꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢜꢋꢍꢂꢌꢉꢃꢚꢄ

7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ

ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU

SYSTEM

CINEMA

COLOUR SOUND SURROUND

2ꢁꢑꢝꢁꢋ

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ:

ECO

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢊꢍ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ “6ꢜꢀ+

ꢜF3CN5'ꢞ?'”.

SENSOR

DISPLAY

*ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢈ

DISPLAY

*ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ

MENU t

*ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ ꢀ6*?9<43>4

ꢇ:+ꢒ* ꢒ5 %4548

&>3>8 ꢎꢒ3

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ ꢀ6*?9<43>4

ꢇ:+ꢒ* ꢒ5 %4548

&>3>8 ꢎꢒ3

ꢀ*?

ꢀ6*?

ꢀ*?

TV/TEXT

ꢀ6*?

ꢀ*?

TV/VIDEO

⇔

ꢀ>%4ꢒ-2 *ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

• @ꢂꢝ ꢑꢁꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔ$ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢕ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ

ꢉꢁꢕꢈꢋꢃꢆꢃꢏꢋP ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢕ ꢆꢖꢁꢇꢏꢋꢄꢃꢑꢔꢕ ꢛꢁꢋꢆꢉ.

■ #ꢋꢌꢉꢃꢌꢉꢇ ꢉꢊꢇꢁꢂꢍꢄꢃꢌꢉꢇ

ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ

5 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢖꢄꢋꢊꢅꢇꢕ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

DISPLAY.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU

ꢚꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢆꢉꢄꢑ ꢄꢅ 5 ꢃꢏꢇꢄꢏꢑꢋꢆꢃ ꢛꢁꢑꢍ.

• @ꢂꢝ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢛꢁꢑꢍ ꢖꢇꢄ ꢖꢆꢛꢆ#ꢄ

ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢆꢌ ꢑꢏ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉꢑꢁꢕ ꢖꢏꢑꢁꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ

ꢈꢛ. “?ꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢑꢄꢁ ꢛꢁꢑꢍ” ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 22.

2'ꢞN ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ

+439

ꢀDꢒ%

ꢀ>%4ꢒ J-

&K:5C(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

%ꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢑꢑꢏꢝ

ꢄꢌꢆꢑꢏ ꢈꢂꢁꢃꢏ

ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢔꢃꢏꢁꢋ

ꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢊꢍ

ꢀ*?

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ.

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢖꢇ'ꢉꢌꢋꢍꢁꢂ&ꢄꢄ "ꢇꢅꢂꢇ'ꢉꢘꢉ

'ꢇꢌ8 ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢊꢉꢃꢍꢉꢁꢌꢉ

ꢌꢂ"ꢄ'ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ MENU T.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢖꢇꢆꢉꢆꢂꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢑꢏꢙꢄꢛꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ

MENU y, ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢍ#ꢄꢕ ꢃꢏꢇꢄꢏꢑꢋ

ꢛꢁꢑꢍ.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢑꢑꢏꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ꢇꢏꢈꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢏ

ꢑꢏ ꢖꢁꢇꢃꢆꢕ ꢈꢋꢇꢆꢎꢌꢁ, ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢁ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ

MENU r ꢃꢔꢅꢆꢃꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢔꢉꢊ#ꢄꢕ ꢃꢏꢇꢄꢏꢑꢋ

ꢛꢁꢑꢍ.

3 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢍꢁꢇ)ꢜꢇ'ꢉ!

7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢊꢉꢃꢍꢉꢁꢌꢉ

ꢌꢂ"ꢄ'ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU T.

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

(J#ꢐ

(ꢔꢐꢏ# Kꢀ

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅꢔ,

ꢖꢆꢈꢋꢊꢖꢏꢍ#ꢄꢁ ꢄꢅ ꢜ2 ꢄꢂꢄ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢄ$

ꢃꢑꢁ&ꢑꢄ$ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢆꢃ, ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢌ

ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢛꢊ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢊ.

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢈꢑꢄꢅꢄꢋꢐ &ꢊꢛ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 1”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “(ꢔꢐꢏ# Kꢀ”.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 1”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “(J#ꢐ”.

+439

ꢀDꢒ%

ꢀ>%4ꢒ J-

&K:5C(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

ꢀ*?

+439

ꢀDꢒ%

ꢀ>%4ꢒ J-

&K:5C(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

ꢀ*?

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “(<@”.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢛꢁꢑꢔ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ ꢜ?@'+ Sꢚ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐꢃ “ꢀ6*?”.

2 ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢜꢕ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ MENU

ꢍꢁꢇ)ꢜꢇꢍꢋꢕ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ (ꢔꢐꢏ# ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'.

ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢈꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ

ꢜ?@'+ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ.

$ꢒ9%L (16:9)

@ꢏꢑꢑꢏꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ꢖꢇꢁꢃꢇꢏ#ꢏꢁꢋ ꢑꢆꢇꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ (ꢈ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢑꢆ&ꢁꢑꢄꢁꢛ ꢃꢄꢉꢆꢃꢆꢓꢆ

ꢏꢈꢖꢁꢌꢋꢏ 4:3) ꢃ &ꢄꢇꢆꢌꢆꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢑꢆꢁ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ (ꢈ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢑꢆ&ꢁꢑꢄꢁꢛ ꢃꢄꢉꢆꢃꢆꢓꢆ

ꢏꢈꢖꢁꢌꢋꢏ 16:9).

PICTURE TILT

(ꢓꢂꢚꢅꢉꢌ ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢕ)

< ꢎꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ ꢅꢂꢆ ꢌꢁꢅꢋꢂꢋꢏ AV-2968TEE ꢐ AV-

2978TEE >

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ

ꢈ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢑꢆ&ꢁꢑꢄꢁꢛ ꢃꢄꢉꢆꢃꢆꢓꢆ ꢏꢈꢖꢁꢌꢋꢏ 16:9,

ꢁꢈꢂꢄ ꢋꢏꢌꢆꢁ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢘꢔꢂꢆ ꢃꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢆ

ꢃ ꢑꢆꢇꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ

(ꢈ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢑꢆ&ꢁꢑꢄꢁꢛ ꢃꢄꢉꢆꢃꢆꢓꢆ ꢏꢈꢖꢁꢌꢋꢏ 4:3)

ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢆꢈꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢁꢇꢃꢆꢑꢏꢎꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢇꢏꢅꢛꢁꢇꢏ.

0ꢔꢃꢏꢍꢋ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢄ, ꢌꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢈꢄꢂꢏ ꢛꢏꢓꢑꢄꢋꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢖꢇꢄꢋꢝꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ Eꢁꢛꢂꢄ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢅꢃꢏꢋꢐ

ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ. 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢒꢋꢆ

ꢖꢇꢆꢄꢈ$ꢆꢉꢄꢋ, ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ ꢄꢈꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢋꢐ ꢑꢏꢌꢂꢆꢑ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 1”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “PICTURE TILT”.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 1”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “$ꢒ9%L (16:9)”.

+439

ꢀDꢒ%

ꢀ>%4ꢒ J-

&K:5C(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

ꢀ*?

ꢀ>%4ꢒ J-

&K:5C(16:9)

PICTURE TILT

ꢀ*?

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

2 ꢀꢁꢉꢖꢉꢅ"ꢂ!ꢍꢇ "ꢂꢍꢞ ꢌꢂ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

, ꢊꢉꢚꢂ ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢌꢇ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “(<@”.

ꢋꢍꢂꢌꢇꢍ ꢁꢉꢃꢌ+'.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢛꢁꢑꢔ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ ꢗM6ꢀK (16:9)

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ “ꢀ6*?”.

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

9(%# (A<@CNꢏꢓꢔꢏ

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢈꢃꢆꢕ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢏ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢆꢓꢆ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ

ꢖꢇꢄ ꢆꢋꢈꢊꢋꢈꢋꢃꢄꢄ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢏ ꢃ ꢋꢁꢎꢁꢑꢄꢁ

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “(<@”.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ E62+3

+ꢀ @'ꢀ'8 ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ

“ꢀ6*?”.

ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢂꢄꢅꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ 15 ꢛꢄꢑꢊꢋ ꢈꢆ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄ

ꢆꢌꢆꢑꢎꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢃꢁ#ꢏꢑꢄꢝ.

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ E62+3 +ꢀ @'ꢀ'8 ꢆꢋꢛꢁꢑꢝꢁꢋꢈꢝ

ꢖꢇꢄ ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢄ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢃ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 2”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “9(%#

$ꢔꢓꢔ; >#ꢓ

(A<@CNꢏꢓꢔꢏ”.

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢖꢇꢄꢁꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢏ

ꢑꢁꢈꢋꢏꢘꢄꢂꢁꢑ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢖꢇꢁꢇꢔꢃꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ, ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ

ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢅꢃꢊꢌ ꢄ ꢈꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ

ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑ ꢈ ꢈꢄꢑꢄꢛ >ꢆꢑꢆꢛ.

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ ꢀ6*?9<43>4

ꢇ:+ꢒ* ꢒ5 %4548

&>3>8 ꢎꢒ3

ꢀ*?

ꢀ>%4ꢒ-2 *ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 2”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “$ꢔꢓꢔ; >#ꢓ”.

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “(<@”.

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ ꢀ6*?9<43>4

ꢇ:+ꢒ* ꢒ5 %4548

&>3>8 ꢎꢒ3

ꢀ*?

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ 6ꢜꢀ+

ꢜF3CN5'ꢞ?' ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ

“ꢀ6*?”.

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢜF3CN5'ꢞ?' ꢑꢁ

ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢏꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢊ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢃ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ.

ꢀ>%4ꢒ-2 *ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢜF3CN5'ꢞ?' ꢑꢁ

ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢏꢁꢋ ꢃ ꢜ?@'+ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢁ.

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “(<@”.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ ꢗ?ꢞ?8

D+ꢞ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ “ꢀ6*?”.

09-#< #% ꢐꢏ%ꢏ;

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢃꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢈꢆ ꢈꢂꢏꢘꢔꢛ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢆꢛ, >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ

ꢗ?ꢞ?8 D+ꢞ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ,

ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢃꢁꢉꢝ ꢁꢁ ꢃ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ “ꢀ6*?”.

• @ꢏꢙꢁ ꢁꢈꢂꢄ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ꢗ?ꢞ?8 D+ꢞ

ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢏ ꢃ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ “ꢀ6*?”, ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ

ꢘꢔꢋꢐ ꢑꢁ ꢈꢂꢔ&ꢑꢆ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ.

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉꢑꢄꢁ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ

ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢜꢏ&ꢁꢛ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ.

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢏꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ꢃ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ

“ꢀ*?”(ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢏ), ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ

ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢝꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢋꢆꢂꢐꢌꢆ ꢖꢇꢄ ꢖꢆꢛꢆ#ꢄ ꢖꢊꢂꢐꢋꢏ

ꢉꢄꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ.

%ꢋꢊ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢋꢆꢓꢆ, ꢎꢋꢆꢘꢔ ꢉꢁꢋꢄ ꢑꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ

ꢘꢁꢅ ꢈꢆꢓꢂꢏꢈꢄꢝ ꢇꢆꢉꢄꢋꢁꢂꢁꢕ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 2”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “09-#< #%

ꢐꢏ%ꢏ;”.

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ ꢀ6*?9<43>4

ꢇ:+ꢒ* ꢒ5 %4548

&>3>8 ꢎꢒ3

ꢀ*?

ꢀ>%4ꢒ-2 *ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

(ꢔꢐꢏ#-2

(ꢂꢁꢄꢂꢌꢍ+ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢄ

ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢕ

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢋꢏꢌ,

ꢌꢏꢌ ꢜꢏꢛ ꢑꢇꢏꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ.

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢜ?@'+-2 ꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆ

ꢃ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢃꢁꢋꢈꢋꢃꢄꢄ ꢈ ꢃꢃꢆꢉꢆꢛ ꢃꢄꢉꢁꢆ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢏ

ꢃꢑꢁ&ꢑꢁꢓꢆ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇꢏ, ꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢈ

ꢋꢁꢇꢛꢄꢑꢏꢂꢆꢛ VIDEO-2. 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢏ

ꢖꢇꢆꢄꢅꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢏ ꢑꢁꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆ, ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ

ꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 4”.

+439

Iꢀ. 5ꢒ3

Iꢀ45

=ꢌ*ꢒ

*ꢒ35ꢌ:&5

<45*ꢒ

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 2”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “(ꢔꢐꢏ#-2”.

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ ꢀ6*?9<43>4

ꢇ:+ꢒ* ꢒ5 %4548

&>3>8 ꢎꢒ3

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ?

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

ꢀ*?

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢀ>%4O-2 *ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢊꢉꢚꢂꢈꢂꢍꢇꢅꢕ ꢄ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

ꢖꢅꢕ ꢇꢘꢉ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢄ.

=(. %#ꢓ

=(ꢏ%

Bꢎ<#

<#ꢓ%ꢎ9$% n : ꢞꢄꢙꢁ

Nꢏ%<# n : 2ꢝꢓꢎꢁ

n : 3ꢇꢏꢈꢑꢆꢃꢏꢋꢔꢕ + : Eꢁꢂꢁꢑꢆꢃꢏꢋꢔꢕ

n : 0ꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢂꢁꢓꢌꢄꢕ + : 0ꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢓꢂꢊꢘꢆꢌꢄꢕ

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ ꢈꢌꢂ*ꢇꢌꢄꢇ

(ꢔꢐꢏ#-2 ꢃ ꢋꢉꢉꢍꢃꢇꢍꢋꢍꢃꢄꢄ ꢋ ꢃꢃꢉꢖꢉ'

ꢃꢄꢖꢇꢉꢋꢄꢘꢌꢂꢅꢂ ꢄꢈ

n : ꢀꢁꢛꢑꢁꢁ

+ : 7ꢇꢎꢁ

+ : ꢜꢔ&ꢁ

ꢍꢇꢁ'ꢄꢌꢂꢅꢂ VIDEO-2.

+ : 0ꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢇꢁꢅꢌꢆ

* Vꢜ. ꢀ+ꢞ (ꢆꢋꢋꢁꢑꢆꢌ) ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢁ

ꢋꢆꢂꢐꢌꢆ ꢖꢇꢄ ꢖꢇꢆꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢃ

ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢁ NTSC 3,58 ꢄꢂꢄ NTSC 4,43.

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢃꢃꢉꢖꢄꢍꢋꢕ ꢉ)+*ꢌ+!

ꢃꢄꢖꢇꢉꢋꢄꢘꢌꢂꢅ (ꢚꢉ'ꢊꢉꢈꢄꢍꢌ+!

ꢃꢄꢖꢇꢉꢋꢄꢘꢌꢂꢅ):

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ MENU

ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ “ꢀ>%4ꢒ”.

(ꢂꢁꢄꢂꢌꢍ+ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢄ ꢈꢃꢜꢚꢂ

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢅꢃꢊꢌ ꢋꢏꢌ, ꢌꢏꢌ ꢜꢏꢛ

ꢑꢇꢏꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ.

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢃꢃꢉꢖꢄꢍꢋꢕ ꢚꢉ'ꢊꢉꢌꢇꢌꢍꢌ+!

ꢃꢄꢖꢇꢉꢋꢄꢘꢌꢂꢅ (ꢋꢄꢘꢌꢂꢅ Y/C^B/CR):

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ MENU

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 5”.

ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ “*ꢒ+-ꢒ3435368”.

+439

B:&

54+Bꢌ

B:?:3&

:P ;ꢌꢒꢀ43C

ꢀ*?

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ?

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢊꢉꢚꢂꢈꢂꢍꢇꢅꢕ ꢄ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ

ꢖꢅꢕ ꢇꢘꢉ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢄ.

ꢆ9$

%ꢏ-ꢆꢎ

n : ꢗꢂꢏꢘꢁꢁ

+ : ꢗꢄꢂꢐꢑꢁꢁ

ꢆ9@9ꢓ$ n : Cꢁꢃꢏꢝ

+ : ꢚꢇꢏꢃꢏꢝ

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

9P ꢑꢎ#(ꢏꢓL

9(%# ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢄꢅꢘꢁꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢃꢑꢁꢅꢏꢖꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢊꢈꢄꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢈꢑꢄꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢓꢇꢆꢛꢌꢆꢈꢋꢄ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢆꢁ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢖꢇꢄ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢄ

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢆꢃ

ꢜ?@'+.

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ

ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢃꢏꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢃꢈꢁ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ

ꢈꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢄꢑꢄꢛꢏꢋꢐ ꢜꢏ& ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢑꢏ

ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ ꢉꢏꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢏꢖꢖꢏꢇꢏꢋꢏ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 5”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “9P ꢑꢎ#(ꢏꢓL”.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 3”, ꢂ

ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “9(%# ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9”.

+439

B:&

54+Bꢌ

B:?:3&

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

ꢌ;<3:= 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

:P ;ꢌꢒꢀ43C

ꢀ*?

=ꢇ6*

ꢌ;&&*>8

=ꢇ6* 54?454*&5: @ꢌ;--:ꢟ1

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

;-ꢌ:ꢀ?

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “(<@”.

ꢌꢂ*ꢂꢅꢂ ꢁꢂ)ꢉꢍ+ 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ 9(%#

ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ

6W "1+ꢜ'ꢞK ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ

“ꢀ6*?”.

ꢞꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢑꢏꢉꢖꢄꢈꢐ

“>>> -ꢒ>&*”.

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ 6W "1+ꢜ'ꢞK ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢏꢋꢐ ꢑꢁ

ꢋꢏꢌ, ꢌꢏꢌ ꢆꢙꢄꢉꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ, ꢁꢈꢂꢄ ꢊꢇꢆꢃꢁꢑꢐ ꢃꢃꢆꢉꢏ

ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ ꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢄ ꢃꢁ#ꢏꢑꢄꢝ (ꢄꢂꢄ ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢑꢆꢁ

ꢆꢘꢁꢈꢖꢁꢎꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢃꢄꢉꢁꢆ) ꢎꢇꢁꢅꢃꢔꢎꢏꢕꢑꢆ ꢑꢄꢅꢌꢄꢁ.

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢏꢖꢖꢏꢇꢏꢋ

ꢅꢏꢃꢁꢇ&ꢄꢋ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢃꢏꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢊꢍ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢕꢌꢊ

ꢃꢈꢁ$ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢉꢁꢑꢄꢝ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ

ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢄꢑꢄꢛꢏꢋꢐ ꢜꢏ& ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ,

ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢕ ꢖꢆꢓꢏꢈꢑꢁꢋ ꢄ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢏ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ

6ꢜꢀ+ ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836 ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢅꢏꢃꢁꢇ&ꢁꢑꢏ.

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ 6W "1+ꢜ'ꢞK ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢄ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ

ꢜ?@'+ ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢆꢋꢉꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ.

ꢞꢖꢇꢄꢛꢁꢇ, ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢁꢁ ꢑꢏ

ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢆ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢄ ꢑꢏ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢆ ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢜ?@'+. 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢔ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢁ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ 6W "1+ꢜ'ꢞK ꢃ ꢋꢆ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢝ, ꢌꢆꢓꢉꢏ

ꢜꢔ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢄꢋꢁ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ,

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢏ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢅꢏꢇꢁꢓꢄꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢑꢏ ꢌꢏꢌ

ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢏ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ.

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢜꢔ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢄꢋꢁ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ 6W

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢁꢇꢚꢁꢂꢗꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢖꢇ!ꢋꢍꢃꢄꢕ

7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ 9(%# ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ:

ꢞꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ MENU

• Dꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836 ꢑꢁ

ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢏꢄꢃꢏꢁꢋ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢑꢏ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ

AV (ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ 0).

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢁ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢃꢏꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ

ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢕ

ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ, ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢃꢇꢊꢎꢑꢊꢍ. ꢚꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢏꢝ

"1+ꢜ'ꢞK ꢃ ꢋꢆ ꢃꢇꢁꢛꢝ, ꢌꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢜꢔ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢄꢋꢁ

ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅꢔ ꢄꢅ ꢋꢁꢇꢛꢄꢑꢏꢂꢏ VIDEO, ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢏ

ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋꢐ ꢅꢏꢇꢁꢓꢄꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢑꢏ ꢌꢏꢌ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢏ ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛꢏ ꢜ?@'+.

ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢝ ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ ꢇꢏꢅꢉꢁꢂꢁ

“1"5ꢞ67 ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836” ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 18.

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

ꢎꢑNꢓ9B ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢃꢏꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ

ꢇꢊꢎꢑꢔꢛ ꢈꢖꢆꢈꢆꢘꢆꢛ ꢋꢇꢁꢘꢊꢁꢛꢔꢁ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ ꢑꢏ ꢋꢇꢁꢘꢊꢁꢛꢔꢁ

ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇꢏ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ.

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢌꢇ*ꢇꢍꢚꢉꢇ:

ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢎꢁꢋꢌꢆꢈꢋꢐ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ.

&ꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ ꢊꢈꢙꢈꢃꢞ MENU t ꢆ

ꢄꢚꢖꢐꢈꢃꢞ “5ꢒ<3:=”.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 3”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “ꢎꢑNꢓ9B

ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9”.

ꢌ;<3:=

5ꢒ<3:=

-ꢌꢒ-;&5>5C

&>&54+: ꢇꢀ;*:

ꢀ685>

345

B/G

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

-ꢌꢒ@ꢌ.

5ꢒ<3:= VOL-+

-ꢌ

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

ꢌ;<3:= 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

=ꢇ6*

ꢌ;&&*>8

%ꢗꢝ ꢊꢈꢁꢃꢐꢂꢍꢉꢆ $ꢂꢐꢂ'ꢅꢍ ꢜꢅꢃꢉꢂꢁꢃꢆ

ꢃꢅꢗꢅꢄꢆꢓꢆꢂꢊꢊꢂꢛꢂ ꢉꢈꢊꢈꢗꢈ ꢁꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ

ꢕꢐꢂꢏꢂꢗꢙꢆꢃꢅꢗꢞꢊꢂ ꢊꢈꢙꢆꢋꢈꢃꢞ VOLUME

m ꢏꢂ ꢃꢅ$ ꢕꢂꢐ, ꢕꢂꢉꢈ ꢊꢈ #ꢉꢐꢈꢊꢅ ꢊꢅ

ꢕꢂꢝꢄꢆꢃꢁꢝ $ꢂꢐꢂ'ꢅꢅ ꢆꢓꢂꢖꢐꢈꢙꢅꢊꢆꢅ.

=ꢇ6* 54?454*&5: @ꢌ;--:ꢟ1

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢞꢏ ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢈꢊꢘꢛꢁꢑꢍ.

“>” ꢄ “<” ꢆꢅꢑꢏꢎꢏꢁꢋ, ꢎꢋꢆ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ

ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢏꢄꢃꢏꢁꢋ ꢎꢁꢋꢌꢆꢈꢋꢐ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ.

ꢌ;<3:=

5ꢒ<3:=

-ꢌꢒ-;&5>5C

&>&54+: ꢇꢀ;*:

ꢀ685>

345

B/G

ꢏꢋꢅꢄ ꢌꢇ*ꢇꢍꢚꢄ! ꢈꢃꢜꢚ:

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

-ꢌꢒ@ꢌ.

-ꢒ>&*

-ꢌ

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

VOL-+

&ꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ ꢊꢈꢙꢈꢃꢞ MENU t ꢆ

ꢄꢚꢖꢐꢈꢃꢞ “&>&54+: ꢇꢀ;*:”.

• ꢞꢆꢛꢁꢇ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢊꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢌꢏꢌ

ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ ꢚ1. ꢞꢏꢖꢇꢄꢛꢁꢇ, ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ 1 ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ

ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑ ꢌꢏꢌ ꢚ1 1. +ꢉꢑꢏꢌꢆ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ AV

ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑ ꢌꢏꢌ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ AV.

ꢌ;<3:=

5ꢒ<3:=

-ꢌꢒ-;&5>5C

&>&54+: ꢇꢀ;*:

ꢀ685>

345

B/G

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

-ꢌꢒ@ꢌ.

>ꢇ+43>5C VOL-+

-ꢌ

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

3 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢌꢉ'ꢇꢁꢂ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

%ꢗꢝ ꢄꢚꢖꢂꢐꢈ ꢁꢂꢂꢃꢄꢅꢃꢁꢃꢄꢘ!ꢔꢅꢍ

ꢓꢄꢘꢉꢂꢄꢂꢍ ꢁꢆꢁꢃꢅꢋꢚ ꢁꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ ꢊꢈꢙꢈꢃꢞ

VOLUME m.

4 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢌꢂ*ꢂꢅꢂ ꢊꢉꢄꢋꢚꢂ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ

ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ VOLUME M.

ꢞꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ “>>>” ꢄꢂꢄ “<<<”.

• ?ꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢍ ꢆ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢁ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢔ$

ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛ ꢃ ꢌꢏꢙꢉꢆꢕ ꢆꢋꢉꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢕ ꢈꢋꢇꢏꢑꢁ

ꢄꢂꢄ ꢇꢁꢓꢄꢆꢑꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢌꢏꢋꢐ ꢃ ꢋꢏꢘꢂꢄ!ꢁ

“ꢗꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ ꢃꢁ#ꢏꢑꢄꢝ”, ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢑꢆꢕ ꢑꢏ

ꢈꢋꢇ. 24.

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢏꢕꢉꢁꢋ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢕ “>>>”

ꢄꢂꢄ “<<<” ꢖꢆꢓꢏꢈꢑꢁꢋ. %ꢋꢆ ꢅꢑꢏꢎꢄꢋ, ꢎꢋꢆ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑ

ꢑꢏꢋꢁꢌꢊ#ꢄꢕ ꢑꢆꢛꢁꢇ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢏ.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ, ꢑꢏ ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢕ

ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢖꢇꢁꢉꢃꢏꢇꢄꢋꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ, ꢑꢁ

ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑ, ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢃꢋꢆꢇꢝꢋꢐ ꢖꢊꢑꢌꢋ 4 ꢉꢆ

ꢋꢁ$ ꢖꢆꢇ, ꢖꢆꢌꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢁ ꢑꢏꢕꢉꢁꢋ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂ,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢕ ꢜꢔ $ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ.

• @ꢂꢝ ꢖꢇꢁꢌꢇꢏ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢉꢁꢕꢈꢋꢃꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ

1"5ꢞ67 ꢞ6ꢗꢀ1+836 ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ

ꢂꢍꢘꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ, ꢆꢋꢂꢄꢎꢑꢊꢍ ꢆꢋ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ

VOLUME m.

5 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “ꢎꢑNꢓ9B” ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T.

6 ꢏꢋꢅꢄ (+ ꢝꢉꢍꢄꢍꢇ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉꢄꢍꢞ ꢇꢗꢇ

ꢉꢖꢄꢌ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌ+! ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅ ꢌꢂ

ꢊꢁꢇꢖꢃꢂꢁꢄꢍꢇꢅꢞꢌꢜ8 ꢜꢋꢍꢂꢌꢉꢃꢚꢜ,

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢊꢉꢃꢍꢉꢁꢄꢍꢞ ꢊꢜꢌꢚꢍ+ 3-5.

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ 'ꢇꢌ8

ꢀꢎ#ꢀꢑ$%ꢔ%L

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢋꢏꢌ,

ꢎꢋꢆꢘꢔ ꢑꢁꢑꢊꢙꢑꢔꢁ ꢜꢏꢛ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ ꢘꢔꢂꢄ

ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢊ#ꢁꢑꢔ. 3ꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ, ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢑꢏ

ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢊꢈꢌ, ꢑꢁꢂꢐꢅꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ ꢑꢄ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢏꢛꢄ

CHANNEL m, ꢑꢄ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢆꢕ CHANNEL SCAN.

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢕꢈ+ꢚꢂ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢄ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ ꢕꢈ+ꢚ.

?ꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢝ ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ

ꢉꢁꢛꢆꢑꢈꢋꢇꢄꢇꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢑꢏ

ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢑꢑꢆꢛ ꢝꢅꢔꢌꢁ.

• ꢚꢆꢋꢁꢑ!ꢄꢏꢂꢐꢑꢔꢁ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ, ꢑꢏ ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢌꢏꢑꢏꢂꢔ ꢑꢁ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑꢔ, ꢘꢊꢉꢊꢋ

ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢊꢈꢌꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢏꢃꢋꢆꢛꢏꢋꢄꢎꢁꢈꢌꢄ.

B0A< %ꢏ@ꢏ%ꢏ<$%9

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ ꢆꢉꢄꢑ ꢄꢅ ꢖꢝꢋꢄ

ꢝꢅꢔꢌꢆꢃ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ. ꢜꢔꢘꢁꢇꢄꢋꢁ ꢓꢇꢊꢖꢖꢊ,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢏꢝ ꢈꢆꢆꢋꢃꢁꢋꢈꢋꢃꢊꢁꢋ ꢝꢅꢔꢌꢊ

ꢖꢇꢆꢓꢇꢏꢛꢛꢔ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢋꢁꢌꢈꢋꢏ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢊꢍ ꢃꢔ

$ꢆꢋꢄꢋꢁ ꢈꢛꢆꢋꢇꢁꢋꢐ.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 3”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “ꢎꢑNꢓ9B

ꢓ9$%ꢎ#;<9”.

1. $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 3”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “B0A<

%ꢏ@ꢏ%ꢏ<$%9”.

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢞꢏ ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢁ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢈꢊꢘꢛꢁꢑꢍ.

3 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ “ꢀꢎ#ꢀꢑ$%ꢔ%L”.

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

ꢌ;<3:= 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

ꢌ;<3:=

5ꢒ<3:=

=ꢇ6*

ꢌ;&&*>8

-ꢌꢒ-;&5>5C

&>&54+: ꢇꢀ;*:

ꢀ685>

345

B/G

=ꢇ6* 54?454*&5: @ꢌ;--:ꢟ1

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

-ꢌ

-ꢌꢒ@ꢌ.

%:/345

VOL-+

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢘꢁꢜꢊꢊ+.

ꢖꢅꢕ

4 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU

ꢄ

ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅ, ꢚꢉꢍꢉꢁ+! (+

ꢝꢉꢍꢄꢍꢇ ꢊꢁꢉꢊꢜꢋꢍꢄꢍꢞ.

/ꢁꢜꢊꢊꢂ

Bꢈ+ꢚꢄ

/ꢁꢜꢊꢊꢂ-1 6ꢑꢓꢂꢄꢕꢈꢌꢄꢕ, ꢞꢁꢛꢁ!ꢌꢄꢕ,

5 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ VOLUME M ꢄ

Sꢃꢁꢉꢈꢌꢄꢕ/ Dꢄꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ/ @ꢏꢋꢈꢌꢄꢕ/

ꢜꢁꢑꢓꢁꢇꢈꢌꢄꢕ, ?ꢋꢏꢂꢐꢝꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ,

Dꢇꢏꢑ!ꢊꢅꢈꢌꢄꢕ, ?ꢈꢖꢏꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ/

ꢚꢆꢇꢋꢊꢓꢏꢂꢐꢈꢌꢄꢕ, ꢀꢊꢇꢁ!ꢌꢄꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “ꢐ9”.

3ꢏꢑꢏꢂ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢁꢑ ꢑꢏ ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢊꢈꢌ.

@ꢂꢝ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ

ꢚ1+ꢚ"ꢗꢀ?ꢀK ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ “345”.

/ꢁꢜꢊꢊꢂ-2 ꢚꢆꢂꢐꢈꢌꢄꢕ, ꢞꢁꢛꢁ!ꢌꢄꢕ, %ꢈꢋꢆꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ,

ꢗꢂꢆꢃꢁꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ, 5ꢁ&ꢈꢌꢄꢕ/ ꢗꢂꢆꢃꢏ!ꢌꢄꢕ,

1ꢊꢛꢔꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ

6 ꢏꢋꢅꢄ (+ ꢝꢉꢍꢄꢍꢇ ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉꢄꢍꢞ ꢌꢂ

ꢊꢁꢉꢊꢜꢋꢚ ꢖꢁꢜꢘꢉ! ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅ, (ꢂ'

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢊꢉꢃꢍꢉꢁꢄꢍꢞ ꢊꢜꢌꢚꢍ+ 4 ꢄ 5.

/ꢁꢜꢊꢊꢂ-3 ꢚꢆꢂꢐꢈꢌꢄꢕ, ꢞꢁꢛꢁ!ꢌꢄꢕ, %ꢈꢋꢆꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ,

B0A<

Cꢏꢋꢔ&ꢈꢌꢄꢕ, 1ꢊꢈꢈꢌꢄꢕ, "ꢌꢇꢏꢄꢑꢈꢌꢄꢕ

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ ꢝꢅꢔꢌ ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢄ

ꢑꢏ ꢉꢄꢈꢖꢂꢁꢁ.

/ꢁꢜꢊꢊꢂ-4 6ꢑꢓꢂꢄꢕꢈꢌꢄꢕ, Dꢇꢏꢑ!ꢊꢅꢈꢌꢄꢕ,

ꢀꢊꢇꢁ!ꢌꢄꢕ, 6ꢇꢏꢘꢈꢌꢄꢕ

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU T ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢍꢉꢘꢉ, *ꢍꢉ)+ ꢊꢉꢕꢃꢄꢅꢉꢋꢞ “-ꢏꢓC 3”,

ꢂ ꢈꢂꢍꢇ' ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢃ+)ꢁꢂꢍꢞ “B0A<”.

/ꢁꢜꢊꢊꢂ-5 6ꢑꢓꢂꢄꢕꢈꢌꢄꢕ, Dꢇꢏꢑ!ꢊꢅꢈꢌꢄꢕ,

ꢀꢊꢇꢁ!ꢌꢄꢕ, Dꢏꢇꢈꢄ

• @ꢏꢑꢑꢔꢕ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢆꢃꢛꢁꢈꢋꢄꢛ ꢈ WST ꢊꢇꢆꢃꢑꢝ

1.0. ꢜ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢑꢁꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔ$ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛ ꢃꢁ#ꢏꢑꢄꢝ

ꢘꢊꢌꢃꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ ꢈꢄꢛꢃꢆꢂꢔ ꢝꢅꢔꢌꢆꢃ ꢛꢆꢓꢊꢋ

ꢆꢋꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢑꢁꢃꢁꢇꢑꢆ.

+439

Aꢀ5ꢒ 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

ꢌ;<3:= 3:&5ꢌꢒ8*:

=ꢇ6*

ꢌ;&&*>8

=ꢇ6* 54?454*&5: @ꢌ;--:ꢟ1

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

;-ꢌ:ꢀ? -+

DISPLAY

ꢐꢇꢍꢂꢅꢄ ꢄ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ

ꢀꢇꢁꢇꢖꢌꢕꢕ ꢊꢂꢌꢇꢅꢞ

<AV-2978TEE>

3 4

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-2968TEE>

3 4

8 7

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

<AV-2555TEE>

L/MONO

CHANNEL

VOLUME

POWER STANDBY

(VIDEO-3)

EXIT

<AV-2178TEE>

POWER

CHANNEL

VOLUME

EXIT

L/MONO

IN (VIDEO-3)

ꢐꢇꢍꢂꢅꢄ ꢄ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ

<AV-2168TEE/AV-2568TEE>

1 @ꢊꢅꢓꢏꢂ ꢛꢂꢗꢂꢄꢊꢚ$ ꢊꢈꢘ'ꢊꢆꢉꢂꢄ 8 &ꢅꢊꢁꢂꢐ ꢕꢘꢗꢞꢃꢈ

2 5ꢅꢐꢋꢆꢊꢈꢗ VIDEO-3

3 *ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢈ MENU

ꢏꢆꢁꢃꢈꢊꢑꢆꢂꢊꢊꢂꢛꢂ ꢘꢕꢐꢈꢄꢗꢅꢊꢆꢝ

9 ?ꢈꢋꢕꢈ POWER

4 *ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ CHANNEL m

5 *ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢆ VOLUME m

6 *ꢊꢂꢕꢉꢈ TV/VIDEO

7 "*ꢒ&43&ꢒꢌ

0 ?ꢈꢋꢕꢈ STANDBY

- @ꢗꢈꢄꢊꢈꢝ ꢉꢊꢂꢕꢉꢈ ꢄꢉꢗ!ꢜꢅꢊꢆꢝ

ꢕꢆꢃꢈꢊꢆꢝ

ꢎꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ ꢅꢂꢆ ꢌꢁꢅꢋꢂꢐ AV-2555TEE:

3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑ Iꢂꢏꢃꢑꢆꢕ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢆꢕ

ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ, ꢂꢏꢛꢖꢏ STANDBY ꢓꢆꢇꢄꢋ

ꢅꢁꢂꢁꢑꢔꢛ ꢈꢃꢁꢋꢆꢛ. ꢚꢇꢄ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢄꢄ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ POWER ꢑꢏ

ꢖꢊꢂꢐꢋꢁ ꢉꢄꢈꢋꢏꢑ!ꢄꢆꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ

ꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢂꢏꢛꢖꢏ POWER ꢅꢏꢓꢆꢇꢏꢁꢋꢈꢝ

ꢌꢇꢏꢈꢑꢔꢛ ꢈꢃꢁꢋꢆꢛ.

0ꢂꢖꢌꢕꢕ ꢊꢂꢌꢇꢅꢞ

COMPONENT

VIDEO-1

INPUT

(

)

VIDEO-2

INPUT

OUTPUT

^/V

^/MONO

1 5ꢅꢐꢋꢆꢊꢈꢗ VIDEO-1 INPUT

2 5ꢅꢐꢋꢆꢊꢈꢗ COMPONENT

(VIDEO-2) INPUT

3 5ꢅꢐꢋꢆꢊꢈꢗ OUTPUT

4 ꢌꢂꢓꢅꢃꢉꢈ ꢈꢊꢃꢅꢊꢊꢚ

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢉꢚ (ꢂꢛꢇꢘꢉ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ

#ꢋꢌꢉꢃꢌꢉꢇ ꢉꢊꢇꢁꢂꢍꢄꢃꢌꢉꢇ

ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ

ꢔꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢌꢄꢇ 'ꢇꢌ8

ꢜꢔ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋꢁ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢝꢋꢐ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝꢛꢄ ꢛꢁꢑꢍ,

ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢝ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢄ ꢑꢏ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉꢑꢁꢕ ꢖꢏꢑꢁꢂꢄ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢊꢉꢆꢈꢋꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐꢈꢝ, ꢎꢋꢆ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ

E62+3 +ꢀ @'ꢀ'8 ꢃꢔꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢏ - ꢈꢋꢆꢄꢋ ꢑꢏ

“ꢀ6*?”. 'ꢈꢂꢄ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ꢘꢂꢆꢌꢄꢇꢆꢃꢌꢄ

ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢏ - ꢈꢋꢆꢄꢋ ꢑꢏ “ꢀ*?” - ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢁ

ꢘꢊꢉꢁꢋ ꢊꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢝꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢖꢆꢈꢇꢁꢉꢈꢋꢃꢆꢛ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢆꢌ

ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉꢑꢁꢕ ꢖꢏꢑꢁꢂꢄ. 0ꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢖꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢊꢍ

ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢍ ꢈꢛ. ꢑꢏ ꢈꢋꢇ. 15 ꢃ ꢇꢏꢅꢉꢁꢂꢁ

“E62+3 +ꢀ @'ꢀ'8”.

1 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢉꢚꢂꢈꢂ 'ꢇꢌ8 ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ

MENU y.

2 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢊꢉꢚꢂꢈꢂ 'ꢇꢌ8, ꢚꢉꢍꢉꢁꢉꢇ (+

ꢝꢉꢍꢄꢍꢇ ꢄꢋꢊꢉꢅꢞꢈꢉꢃꢂꢍꢞ, ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢇꢋꢚꢉꢅꢞꢚꢉ ꢁꢂꢈ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU y.

1 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ CHANNEL M ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ,

3 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢍꢁꢇ)ꢜꢇ'ꢉ! 7ꢜꢌꢚ&ꢄꢄ

ꢄꢅꢄ ꢙꢅꢇ'ꢇꢌꢍꢂ 'ꢇꢌ8 ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ

ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ MENU y.

ꢌꢂꢝꢉꢖꢕꢗꢇꢘꢉꢋꢕ ꢃ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢇ

ꢘꢉꢍꢉꢃꢌꢉꢋꢍꢄ ꢚ ꢁꢂ)ꢉꢍꢇ.

4 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢊꢉꢅꢌꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢍꢁꢇ)ꢜꢇ'ꢉ!

ꢉꢊꢇꢁꢂ&ꢄꢄ ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ ꢅꢄ)ꢉ

MENU M, ꢅꢄ)ꢉ VOLUME M.

2 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ CHANNEL M ꢖꢅꢕ

ꢃ+)ꢉꢁꢂ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂ.

3 $ꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ VOLUME M ꢖꢅꢕ

0ꢆꢂꢁꢁ ꢖꢆꢉꢇꢆꢘꢑꢏꢝ ꢄꢑ>ꢆꢇꢛꢏ!ꢄꢝ

ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢆꢉꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ ꢆꢖꢄꢈꢏꢑꢄꢄ ꢌꢏꢙꢉꢆꢕ

ꢆꢋꢉꢁꢂꢐꢑꢆꢕ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢄ.

ꢌꢂꢋꢍꢁꢉ!ꢚꢄ ꢘꢁꢉ'ꢚꢉꢋꢍꢄ ꢈꢃꢜꢚꢂ.

4 ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢂ

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ /ꢅꢂꢃꢌꢜ8 ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢜ

ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢙꢅꢇꢚꢍꢁꢉꢊꢄꢍꢂꢌꢄꢕ, *ꢍꢉ

ꢉꢍꢚꢅ8*ꢄꢍ ꢊꢉꢖꢂ*ꢜ ꢙꢅꢇꢚꢍꢁꢉꢊꢄꢍꢂꢌꢄꢕ

ꢃ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁ.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢖꢄꢋꢊꢅꢇꢕ 'ꢇꢌ8

ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ"ꢂꢍꢞ VOLUME M.

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢃ+ꢚꢅ8*ꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢖꢄꢋꢊꢅꢇꢕ

ꢋꢜ)'ꢇꢌ8:

ꢐꢅꢕ ꢋ'ꢇꢌ+ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢘꢉ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ'ꢂ

ꢌꢂ ꢁꢇ"ꢄ' (ꢔꢐꢏ# ꢋꢅꢇꢖꢜꢇꢍ:

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢆꢘꢆꢇꢊꢉꢆꢃꢏꢑ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢆꢕ

TV/VIDEO, ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢒꢋꢊ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ.

ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 7.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢁ ꢆꢘꢆꢇꢊꢉꢆꢃꢏꢑ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢆꢕ

TV/VIDEO, ꢜ?@'+ ꢇꢁꢙꢄꢛ ꢛꢆꢙꢑꢆ

ꢃꢔꢘꢇꢏꢋꢐ, ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢊꢝ >ꢊꢌ!ꢄꢍ ꢜL+@,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢏꢝ ꢑꢏ$ꢆꢉꢄꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ “+439 1”.

&ꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ ꢊꢈꢙꢈꢃꢞ MENU y ꢆ ꢄꢚꢖꢐꢈꢃꢞ

“ꢀ685>”.

ꢌ;<3:=

5ꢒ<3:=

-ꢌꢒ-;&5>5C

&>&54+: ꢇꢀ;*:

ꢀ685>

345

B/G

ꢀ6Bꢌ:5C

-ꢌꢒ@ꢌ.

ꢀ685>

-ꢌ

ꢀ6Dꢒ%

DISPLAY

VOL-+

%ꢗꢝ ꢄꢚꢉꢗ!ꢜꢅꢊꢆꢝ ꢏꢆꢁꢕꢗꢅꢝ ꢁꢗꢅꢏꢘꢅꢃ

ꢊꢈꢙꢈꢃꢞ VOLUME m.

ꢑꢋꢍꢁꢂꢌꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢌꢇꢄꢋꢊꢁꢂꢃꢌꢉꢋꢍꢇ!

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢆꢋꢈꢊꢋꢈꢋꢃꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢑꢁ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢋꢏꢁꢋ, ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢐꢋꢁ, ꢑꢁ ꢝꢃꢂꢝꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢂꢄ

ꢖꢇꢄꢎꢄꢑꢆꢕ ꢖꢇꢆꢘꢂꢁꢛꢔ ꢆꢉꢑꢏ ꢄꢅ ꢖꢇꢄꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢑꢄꢙꢁ.

'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢄꢇꢆꢘꢂꢁꢛꢔ ꢖꢇꢆꢉꢆꢂꢙꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢉꢏꢙꢁ ꢖꢆꢈꢂꢁ ꢖꢇꢄꢝꢋꢄꢝ ꢆꢉꢑꢆꢕ ꢄꢅ ꢑꢄꢙꢁꢖꢇꢄꢃꢁꢉꢁꢑꢑꢔ$ ꢛꢁꢇ,

ꢃꢔꢅꢆꢃꢄꢋꢁ ꢄꢑꢙꢁꢑꢁꢇꢏ.

%ꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁ ꢌꢇ ꢃꢚꢅ8*ꢂꢇꢍꢋꢕ

ꢀꢅꢉꢝꢉꢇ ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢇ

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢓꢂꢏꢃꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢄ

ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢉ ꢌ

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ COLOUR SYSTEM

ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢕ !ꢃꢁꢋꢆꢃꢆꢕ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ. (ꢗꢛ.

ꢈꢋꢇ. 8.)

ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢊ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢋꢆꢌꢏ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ

ꢖꢏꢇꢏꢛꢁꢋꢇꢔ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 16.)

?ꢚꢁꢂꢌ ꢋꢍꢂꢅ ꢋꢄꢌꢄ'

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐ, ꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆ ꢂꢄ

ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑ ꢖꢇꢄꢘꢆꢇ ꢃꢔꢃꢆꢉꢏ ꢌꢆꢛꢖꢆꢑꢁꢑꢋꢑꢆꢓꢆ

ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢏ, ꢑꢏꢖꢇꢄꢛꢁꢇ, ꢖꢇꢆꢄꢓꢇꢔꢃꢏꢋꢁꢂꢐ DVD.

(ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 5.)

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐ, ꢑꢁ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢏ ꢂꢄ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ ꢗ?ꢞ?8 D+ꢞ. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 15.)

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐ ꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢌꢄ

ꢜ?@'+-2. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 16.)

ꢓꢇ ꢁꢂ)ꢉꢍꢂꢇꢍ ꢖꢄꢋꢍꢂꢌ&ꢄꢉꢌꢌꢉꢇ

ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢇ

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ &ꢊꢛ (ꢈꢑꢁꢓ) ꢖꢆꢂꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐꢍ ꢘꢂꢆꢌꢄꢇꢊꢁꢋ

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ, ꢑꢁꢆꢘ$ꢆꢉꢄꢛꢆ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢍ#ꢁꢁ:

- ꢚꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆꢈꢋꢐ ꢖꢆꢉꢈꢆꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ

ꢄ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢔ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢈꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢘꢏꢋꢏꢇꢁꢕꢌꢄ. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 3.)

ꢓꢇ ꢁꢂ)ꢉꢍꢂ8 ꢊꢇꢁꢇꢖꢌꢄꢇ ꢚꢌꢉꢊꢚꢄ

ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢌꢂ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁꢇ

- ꢞꢁꢋ ꢂꢄ ꢖꢆꢃꢇꢁꢙꢉꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢆꢉꢏ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢔ.

- ?ꢛꢁꢁꢋ ꢂꢄ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢏ ꢖꢇꢏꢃꢄꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ

ꢑꢏꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢁ.

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢄꢋꢐ >ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ E62+3 +ꢀ

@'ꢀ'8, ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢃꢁꢉꢝ ꢁꢁ ꢃ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ

ꢆꢋꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢆ. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 15.)

- ꢞꢁ ꢖꢆꢃꢇꢁꢙꢉꢁꢑꢏ ꢂꢄ ꢈꢏꢛꢏ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢏ.

%ꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁ ꢌꢇ ꢋꢁꢂꢈꢜ ꢉꢍꢃꢇ*ꢂꢇꢍ ꢌꢂ

ꢚꢉ'ꢂꢌꢖꢜ ꢜꢊꢁꢂꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢕ

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢏ

ꢖꢆꢉꢃꢁꢇꢓꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢃꢆꢅꢉꢁꢕꢈꢋꢃꢄꢍ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢓꢆ

ꢆꢘꢆꢇꢊꢉꢆꢃꢏꢑꢄꢝ, ꢑꢏ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢄ ꢛꢆꢓꢊꢋ

ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢖꢆꢂꢆꢈꢌꢄ ꢄꢂꢄ &ꢊꢛ. ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ

ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢉꢃꢄꢑꢊꢋꢐ ꢃꢈꢁ ꢆꢘꢆꢇꢊꢉꢆꢃꢏꢑꢄꢁ, ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢆꢁ

ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢃꢔꢅꢃꢏꢋꢐ ꢖꢆꢛꢁ$ꢄ, ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢂꢐ&ꢁ ꢆꢋ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ.

• 'ꢈꢂꢄ ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ, ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢏ

ꢖꢆꢉꢃꢁꢇꢓꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢃꢆꢅꢉꢁꢕꢈꢋꢃꢄꢍ ꢈꢄꢓꢑꢏꢂꢆꢃ,

ꢌꢆꢋꢆꢇꢔꢁ ꢆꢋꢇꢏꢙꢏꢍꢋꢈꢝ ꢆꢋ ꢓꢆꢇ ꢄꢂꢄ ꢅꢉꢏꢑꢄꢕ, ꢑꢏ

ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢖꢆꢝꢃꢄꢋꢐꢈꢝ ꢉꢃꢆꢕꢑꢆꢁ

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢓꢂꢏꢃꢑꢊꢍ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢄ

ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ ꢉꢂꢝ

ꢖꢇꢁꢌꢇꢏ#ꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢄ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ.

@ꢏꢂꢁꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢈꢑꢆꢃꢏ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢓꢂꢏꢃꢑꢊꢍ

ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ ꢖꢆꢉꢏꢎꢄ ꢒꢂꢁꢌꢋꢇꢆꢖꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ ꢑꢏ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢁ ꢉꢂꢝ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢏ. 'ꢈꢂꢄ

ꢋꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢃꢁꢇꢑꢁꢋꢈꢝ ꢃ ꢑꢆꢇꢛꢏꢂꢐꢑꢆꢁ ꢇꢏꢘꢆꢎꢁꢁ

ꢈꢆꢈꢋꢆꢝꢑꢄꢁ, ꢆꢑ ꢃ ꢖꢆꢇꢝꢉꢌꢁ.

ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢁ. ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢖꢁꢇꢁꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ

ꢑꢏꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢔ, ꢂꢄꢘꢆ ꢅꢏꢛꢁꢑꢄꢋꢐ ꢁꢁ ꢑꢏ

ꢏꢑꢋꢁꢑꢑꢊ ꢈ ꢂꢊꢎ&ꢄꢛ ꢌꢆꢒ>>ꢄ!ꢄꢁꢑꢋꢆꢛ

ꢑꢏꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢉꢁꢕꢈꢋꢃꢄꢝ.

• 3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢑꢏ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢁ ꢖꢆꢌꢏꢅꢏꢑ ꢑꢁꢉꢃꢄꢙꢄꢛꢔꢕ

ꢝꢇꢌꢄꢕ ꢘꢁꢂꢔꢕ ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅ (ꢑꢏꢖꢇꢄꢛꢁꢇ, ꢋꢏꢌꢆꢕ ꢌꢏꢌ

ꢘꢁꢂꢆꢁ ꢖꢂꢏꢋꢐꢁ), ꢘꢁꢂꢏꢝ ꢎꢏꢈꢋꢐ ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅꢏ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ

ꢃꢔꢓꢂꢝꢉꢁꢋꢐ ꢌꢏꢌ !ꢃꢁꢋꢑꢏꢝ. 3ꢆꢓꢉꢏ ꢆꢘꢇꢏꢅ

ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢏꢉꢏꢁꢋ ꢈ ꢒꢌꢇꢏꢑꢏ, ꢑꢁꢁꢈꢋꢁꢈꢋꢃꢁꢑꢑꢔꢕ

ꢆꢋꢋꢁꢑꢆꢌ ꢋꢏꢌꢙꢁ ꢖꢇꢆꢖꢏꢉꢏꢁꢋ.

%ꢇꢅꢇꢃꢄꢈꢉꢁ ꢃꢌꢇꢈꢂꢊꢌꢉ ꢉꢍꢚꢅ8*ꢂꢇꢍꢋꢕ

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐ, ꢑꢁ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢏ ꢂꢄ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ OFF TIMER. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 9.)

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢖꢇꢆꢃꢁꢇꢄꢋꢐ, ꢑꢁ ꢃꢌꢂꢍꢎꢁꢑꢏ ꢂꢄ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢝ 6ꢜꢀ+ ꢜF3CN5'ꢞ?'.

(ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 15.)

ꢀꢅꢉꢝꢉ! ꢈꢃꢜꢚ

• @ꢂꢝ ꢃꢔꢘꢆꢇꢏ ꢉꢇꢊꢓꢆꢕ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢆꢃꢆꢕ ꢈꢄꢈꢋꢁꢛꢔ

ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢙꢏꢋꢐ ꢌꢑꢆꢖꢌꢊ SOUND SYSTEM.

(ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 8.)

ꢔꢋꢚꢁꢄꢃꢅꢇꢌꢄꢇ ꢄꢈꢉ)ꢁꢂ"ꢇꢌꢄꢕ

• ꢗꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢑꢏꢈꢋꢇꢆꢄꢋꢐ ꢊꢈꢋꢏꢑꢆꢃꢂꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ

ꢖꢏꢇꢏꢛꢁꢋꢇꢔ ꢅꢃꢊꢌꢏ. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 16.)

<ꢎꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ ꢌꢁꢅꢋꢐ AV-2968TEE ꢐ AV-2978TEE>

• ?ꢈꢌꢇꢄꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢁ ꢄꢅꢆꢘꢇꢏꢙꢁꢑꢄꢝ ꢛꢆꢙꢁꢋ ꢘꢔꢋꢐ

ꢃꢔꢅꢃꢏꢑꢆ ꢃꢆꢅꢉꢁꢕꢈꢋꢃꢄꢁꢛ ꢅꢁꢛꢑꢆꢓꢆ ꢛꢏꢓꢑꢁꢋꢄꢅꢛꢏ.

ꢜ ꢒꢋꢆꢛ ꢈꢂꢊꢎꢏꢁ ꢈꢂꢁꢉꢊꢁꢋ ꢄꢈꢖꢆꢂꢐꢅꢆꢃꢏꢋꢐ

>ꢊꢑꢌ!ꢄꢍ PICTURE TILT ꢉꢂꢝ ꢄꢈꢖꢇꢏꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ

ꢄꢈꢌꢇꢄꢃꢂꢁꢑꢄꢝ. (ꢗꢛ. ꢈꢋꢇ. 14.)

$ꢊꢇ&ꢄ7ꢄꢚꢂ&ꢄꢄ

$ꢄꢋꢍꢇ'+ TV RF

B, G, I, D, K, K1, M

=ꢃꢇꢍꢉꢃ+ꢇ ꢋꢄꢋꢍꢇ'+

PAL, SECAM, NTSC 3,58+@ꢑ, NTSC 4,43 +@ꢑ

ꢀꢁꢄꢌꢄ'ꢂꢇ'+ꢇ ꢚꢂꢌꢂꢅ+ ꢄ *ꢂꢋꢍꢉꢍ+

3ꢆꢓꢉꢆꢍ ꢉꢈꢊꢈꢗ VHF (VL), ꢄꢚꢁꢂꢉꢆꢍ ꢉꢈꢊꢈꢗ VHF (VH), ꢉꢈꢊꢈꢗ UHF (U). -ꢐꢆꢊꢆꢋꢈꢅꢃ

ꢉꢈꢖꢅꢗꢞꢊꢚꢅ ꢉꢈꢊꢈꢗꢚ ꢄ ꢁꢐꢅꢏꢊꢅꢋ ꢏꢆꢁꢕꢈꢓꢂꢊꢅ, ꢁꢘꢕꢅꢐ ꢏꢆꢈꢕꢈꢓꢂꢊꢅ ꢆ ꢛꢆꢕꢅꢐ ꢏꢆꢈꢕꢈꢓꢂꢊꢅ.

(ꢌꢇꢛꢌꢄ! ꢃꢃꢉꢖ / ꢃ+ꢃꢉꢖ:

VIDEO-1:

VIDEO-2/COMPONENT:

ꢀꢄꢂꢏ VIDEO, ꢄꢄꢂꢏ AUDIO L/R

ꢀꢄꢂꢏ VIDEO, ꢄꢄꢂꢏ AUDIO L/R,

ꢄꢄꢂꢏ COMPONENT VIDEO (Y/C^B/CR)

ꢀꢄꢂꢏ VIDEO, ꢄꢄꢂꢏ AUDIO L/R

VIDEO-3:

OUTPUT:

@ꢊꢅꢓꢏꢂ ꢛꢂꢗꢂꢄꢊꢚ$ ꢊꢈꢘ'ꢊꢆꢉꢂꢄ:

ꢀꢚꢄꢂꢏ VIDEO, ꢄꢚꢄꢂꢏ AUDIO L/R

&ꢃꢅꢐꢅꢂ ꢋꢆꢊꢆ ꢛꢊꢅꢓꢏꢂ (ꢏꢆꢈꢋꢅꢃꢐꢂꢋ 3,5 ꢋꢋ)

$ꢄꢋꢍꢇ'ꢂ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ

FLOF (Fꢈꢁꢃꢅꢉꢁꢃ), WST (ꢀꢁꢅꢋꢆꢐꢊꢚꢍ &ꢃꢈꢊꢏꢈꢐꢃꢊꢚꢍ 5ꢅꢉꢁꢃ)

Bꢈ+ꢚꢄ ꢍꢇꢅꢇꢍꢇꢚꢋꢍꢂ

&ꢋ. ꢃꢈꢖꢗꢆꢑꢘ ꢄ ꢐꢈꢓꢏꢅꢗꢅ “=ꢇ6* 54?454*&5:” ꢊꢈ ꢁꢃꢐ. 19.

ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢁ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢁꢊꢁꢋꢃꢉꢁꢁ ꢌꢍꢎꢏꢐ ꢌꢈꢅꢑꢐꢒꢆꢑ ꢓꢈꢂ ꢇꢔꢈꢕꢖꢃꢔꢁꢐꢈꢗꢒꢅꢍꢎꢍ ꢏꢖꢈꢕꢍꢌꢗꢈꢅꢁꢑ.

$ꢄꢋꢍꢇ'+ ꢃꢇꢗꢂꢌꢄꢕ

ꢌꢂꢉꢊꢄꢃꢈ

ꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋ

ꢌꢊꢁꢈꢍꢈ ꢂꢇꢂ ꢁꢄꢎꢂꢏꢍ

ꢐꢑꢄꢊ

ꢒꢑꢓꢔ

0ꢏ$ꢇꢁꢕꢑ, 3ꢊꢃꢁꢕꢋ, +ꢛꢏꢑ, 3ꢏꢋꢏꢇ, +ꢘPꢁꢉꢄꢑꢁꢑꢑꢔꢁ

6ꢇꢏꢘꢈꢌꢄꢁ %ꢛꢄꢋꢇꢏꢋꢔ, 8ꢁꢛꢁꢑ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

PAL

B/G

?ꢑꢉꢆꢑꢁꢅꢄꢝ, 2ꢏꢂꢏꢕꢅꢄꢝ, ꢗꢄꢑꢓꢏꢖꢊꢇ, ꢀꢏꢄꢂꢏꢑꢉ, ?ꢑꢉꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

6ꢅꢄꢝ,

0ꢂꢄꢙꢑꢄꢕ

ꢜꢆꢈꢋꢆꢌ

3ꢄꢋꢏꢕ, ꢜꢐꢁꢋꢑꢏꢛ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

Iꢆꢑꢌꢆꢑꢓ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

PAL

D/K

?ꢈꢂꢏꢛꢈꢌꢏꢝ 1ꢁꢈꢖꢊꢘꢂꢄꢌꢏ ?ꢇꢏꢑ, Cꢄꢃꢏꢑ, ꢗꢏꢊꢉꢆꢃꢈꢌꢏꢝ

6ꢇꢏꢃꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

SECAM

B/G

Dꢄꢂꢄꢖꢖꢄꢑꢔ, ꢀꢏꢕꢃꢏꢑꢐ, 2ꢐꢝꢑꢛꢏ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

1ꢆꢈꢈꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

NTSC

SECAM

PAL

D/K

B/G

5ꢁ&ꢈꢌꢏꢝ 1ꢁꢈꢖꢊꢘꢂꢄꢌꢏ, ꢚꢆꢂꢐ&ꢏ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

Iꢁꢇꢛꢏꢑꢄꢝ, Iꢆꢂꢂꢏꢑꢉꢄꢝ, 0ꢁꢂꢐꢓꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

ꢜꢁꢂꢄꢌꢆꢘꢇꢄꢋꢏꢑꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

'ꢃꢇꢆꢖꢏ

PAL

+ꢌꢁꢏꢑꢄꢝ

6>ꢇꢄꢌꢏ

6ꢃꢈꢋꢇꢏꢂꢄꢝ, ꢞꢆꢃꢏꢝ Eꢁꢂꢏꢑꢉꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

Nꢙꢑꢆ-6>ꢇꢄꢌꢏꢑꢈꢌꢏꢝ 1ꢁꢈꢖꢊꢘꢂꢄꢌꢏ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

ꢞꢄꢓꢁꢇꢄꢝ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

PAL

B/G

PAL

B/G

'ꢓꢄꢖꢁꢋ, 2ꢆꢇꢆꢌꢌꢆ, ꢄꢋꢉ.

SECAM

JVC AV 25VT34 User Manual
JVC AV28CT1EI User Manual
Lindy CPU SWITCH LITE 32825 User Manual
Motorola L601 Cordless Phone L601 User Manual
Nikon WIRELESS KEYPAD KIT HMSC7075 User Manual
Oricom W1 User Manual
Philips 24CE3271 User Manual
Philips 28PT 7306 User Manual
Philips Brilliance 180B2W User Manual
Philips HOSPITALITY TELEVISION 32HF9385D User Manual